be THE “ol ue titute of aye oe OF ge ats NOVA SCOTIA. 18 76-7 Ags PART. III. ie 2: BELA | Seah ie St eee tea bl rea 225-232 a See ge IRR at te ee ee ee 233-225 cee het As}: pie Sarid ae gemma Dhar Ae yy ee Notes on Nova Sea Cumposite—aAsters. By Joun Sommers, M.D., Prof. Physiology, Halifax Medical College......... 22+. .0-4.. 239 ortality Rates of Ancient and Modern Times. By A. P. ‘Ren, M. D., L.R. A. S., &e., Prof of Medicine, gc. Halifax Medical ova Scotian Geology at the Centennial Exhibition. By Rev. D. Honeyman, D. C. L., Representative of Nova Scotiu..........-. 252 Indians of Nova Scotia. By J. specie Gitpin, B. A., M. D., Reese Vice Oa Sete cee Ne Ge eS Gh ae aoe Sey gam Cols eines St henian post 260 —Notes on the Caribou. By Rosert Masco) Esq Sentai, ¥ gh Ripe eg ow 281 'I.—Nova Scotian Meteorology. By F. Artison, Esq., M. A., Chief Me- ees SOUTOLOUSORL AUENTe eh ces iy: cede, Sh banat os Se 300 ‘VII.—Geology of the Site of the Belleveau Mining Operations. By Rey. ee Se BS FTE Ep CANS) rea ROW, eG) a ca: gS ee ne 309 —Additions to the List of Nash Scotia Plants. By HENRY How, D. C. __L.. Professor of ee tee and Natural eres King’s College, REN BRUSOL GIN ONE oe ee as ys os (Wir bee baan Bee oes Grae gene 312 —Mollusca of Nova Scotia. | “Corrected to date, 1877. ) By wis MATTHEW pl ioe 10 Poca Bese ments isc.) «) JtN ead fuage Se ec mee A gaa B21 NITED STATES—THE NATURALIST AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. 1877. :. : } £5 we _ Price One Dollar. ees +. NEW YORK “2 BOTANICAL, : 3 : | rey. |: seh wi 4 -cipede os ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS, 1876. By Wns. Gossip, Vice-PRESIDENT. Ir is a duty imposed by the rules of the Institute, that at every recurring Anniversary Meeting the President shall deliver an Ad- dress, which shall embody some accyunt of its present circumstances and future prospects. I did not expect that our worthy Presi- dent, Dr. Bernarp GiLPin, would be in Halifax upon this occasion, and as the next in office, I prepared to comply with the require- ments of the rule that imposes the duty. Iam very glad that he has arrived in time to preside at this Annual Meeting, although | am not so well pleased that ke persists in devolving upon me a duty of his office which he is so much better able to perform. There may have been very little to communicate that was new or of much interest, at preceding anniversaries; and so far as I know there is little of importance to communicate now. But yecasional non-cbservance of rules begets a general looseness of practice, which at length must have injurious effect upon the work- ing of any institution. A short address, therefore, at our annual meetings, will not be at all inapprepriate, and may help to create an interest in our proceedings ; and this rule, which has not hitherto been carefully observed, being a good one, we should probably suf- fer, sooner or later if we forgot it entirely, from the absence of that systematic operation, wisely marked out for us by those who framed it, who took great pains, and followed the best examples at their command, to make the Institute thoroughly efficient. I do not intend to occupy your time with scientific topics. Our concern, this evening, is more with matters connected with the management of the Institute. Even on these my knowledge is not so intimate or complete as it ought to be, and what I have to offer will be more suggestive than dogmatic. It happens unfortunately, that our able Secretary, upon whom the chief burden of the work ef the Institute rests, is at the Phila- 226 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. delphia Centennial Exhibition, in charge of the Nova Scotian con- tingent of that immense display of the ingenuity and labour of the nations of the world; and therefore some information must neces- sarily be omitted which otherwise would have been placed before you. It remains, however, in good hands. Farther, with the op- portunities he has enjoyed of being acquainted with the Exhibition, we may expect at some one of our ordinary meetings after his return, an animated description of much that was important and interesting there,—so that those of us who have not visited Philadelphia on this occasion, may have less reason to regret that we have remained_ at home. To members present, unacquainted with the rules which govern the proceedings of the Institute, | may observe that our Annual or Anniversary Meeting takes place on the second Wednesday of October in every year. ‘he outstanding accounts of the previous year are then submitted, examined and passed; the Treasurer’s statement laid before you, and audited ; also the state of our funds and their sufficiency to meet expenses incurred, and that have to be incurred. ‘The officers for the ensuing year are then ballotted for and elected ; new members proposed, and so far as possible the papers to be read at the ordinary monthly meetings, commencing on the second Monday of November, and ending May of the fol- lowing year, provided for. All this business has been carefully at- tended to at previous anniversaries, by the Council of the Institute, and you will find that body ready to give any explanation that may be asked of them with reference to these or other matters that have come under their supervision. They meet every fortnight during the Winter session. I am glad to say that our onward progress, if not all that could be desired, has been steady and assured. We are continually re- ceiving accessions to the roll of membership. As to our finances, we have hitherto, and with the help of the Legislature, which has annually for some years past, voted us a small sum of money to enable us to publish our Transactions, kept out of debt. That as sistance, which is amply repaid by the information we are thus enabled to send abroad of the natural resources of Nova Scotia, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. AT has become almost indispensable, inasmuch as it never has been very easy, although our books show the large number of some seventy members, to collect the full amount of subscriptions Means will, however, be adopted whereby it may be hoped such liabilities will be made more available for the support of the Insti- tute. We may safely assert then, that our finances, if not flourish- ing, are in a satisfactory state, and that in so far we can go on our way rejoicing. We are the more encouraged in our work, which is entirely dis- interested, by the estimation in which the Institute is held by sister societies abroad. With some of the most celebrated among them we exchange our ‘‘ Transactions,” in which they evidently take a special interest. From Australia, from Canada, from most of the Scientific Associations of the United States; from Denmark, from Italy, from Germany, from Russia, from England and Scotland— we receive their publications. We also, occasionally, find in scientific periodicals, favorable notice of the work of our Institute. I may mention that we have published three bound volumes of our Transactions, covering twelve years of our existence, and can refer to them with some degree of pride, as the best works on the various sciences of Geology, Zodlogy, Botany, and Meteorology, &c., so far as Nova Scotia is concerned, that have ever issued from the Provincial press. And the fourth volume (making sixteen years work) goes bravely on, and will appear in due course of time. That the small income of the Institute cramps its usefulness and prevents its expansion, must, I think, be evident to all. The insufficiency is felt in various ways. We want a mcre convenient place for our winter ordinary meetings, which cannot be had with- out trenching upon funds required for other necessary purposes. For our present accommodation we have been indebted principally to the Local Government, and next, to the kindness of Dr. Honry- MAN, our Honorary Secretary. Much as we desire to value the privileges so enjoyed, it would still be better, I think, if we had a convenient room we could call our own, in a central part of the city ; and I venture the hope that some practical suggestion, that. carried out may accomplish the result, will be made. We shall , 228 ANNIVERSARY ADDREss. not affect to despise any assistance that may be afforded us, pecu- niary or otherwise, in this behalf. In the meantime, we owe the Provincial Government thanks for its appreciation of the objects of the Institute, manifested in this and other modes in its behalf; and to Dr. Honryman, for doing all in his power to make the Museum a convenient place for our meetings. Our want of means also prevents us from adding to the Institute a library of publications on Natural Science, which would not only be a source of proftable amusement and intelligence to those of our members who are interested in such pursuits, but a great assistance to such of us as may feel inclined to take the trouble of composing papers on subjects which come within our knowledge, on which we may have arrived at some degree of proficiency. We already possess some valuable books of this description, but the want of many more is being felt continually. We would also like to be able to invite to Halifax, occasionally, men celebrated in various walks of science, who might communi- cate by papers read before. our Institute, or otherwise, some of the knowledge they themselves possessed. Such incentives to progress could not fail to be of service to the Institute, and valuable to the whole community. It would likewise be pleasing to many of us if more of our members would furnish papers for the Ordinary Meetings. Acci- dent ofttimes, and careful observation frequently, elicit facts and discoveries, which help to settle doubtful points of science, and all such would be very interesting at those meetings. At present, valuable as our monthly papers may be, and we believe are, we depend nearly altogether upon a stereotyped list of authors. We beg, however, to state, lest there may be some misapprehension on this head, that it is not because the papers read have been superior to others at our disposal, but because none other are submitted, that the same names are so often announced. We do not know of more than one instance where a paper written with fair grammatical accuracy, and treating of any branch of Natural Science, has been withheld. It might have been as well, perhaps, on occasion, that all had not been printed; but whenever there has been a question ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 929 of orthodoxy, or a doubt of usefulness or propriety, they have not been published without a reason given for their becoming a part of our Transactions. I mention this, because a periodical of this city is said to have contained some depreciatory observations on a paper of Mr. Dewar’s, so published. Not having seen the critique, I am unable to julge whether, as respects the article in question, it was just or unjust; but the writer, whoever he may be, if disposed to find a reason for printing that paper, could not have failed to find it in the book of Transactions itself; and we hope we may be allowed to be the best judges of the most judicious mode of con- ducting our own affairs. It would have given me much pleasure to state that we had observed the prescribed number of Field Days during the past summer. We have again fallen short of our rules in this particular. At the formation of the Institute it was.supposed that those excur- sions would be generally taken advantage of, as pleasing and popular features of our proceedings. In no one year, however, since that time, has there been found much enthusiasm in their behalf, or willingness to engage in them. ‘This may be attributed to the fact that each member of the Institute considers his public or private busi- ness of paramount interest, and the pursuit of science in this way: quite a secondary object. I often think it a pity that it should be so at all times, and that we lose a large amount of knowledge and ef profitable recreation by not attending to those pleasant meetings. Iam glad however to record, that we have had one field excur- sion during the past summer, attended by thirteen members. The eountry explored lies between Wellington Station and the Grand Lake. Some interesting facts were pointed out by Rev. Dr. Honeyman, corroborative of the sequence of geological formations, and of a long continued ice drift of the glacial period, from the Cobequids. All present appeared highly delighted with the excur- sion; and on arriving at Oakfield, the estate of Colonel Laurie, we were handsomely entertained by the hospitabie Colonel and his estimable lady. That the Nova Scotian Institute, cramped as are its means. and! resources, has done and is doing a good work in and for the Pro- 230 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS, vince, it is impossible to deny. It is making us better known at home and ibroad, creating an interest in our natural resources, active and inert, that is assisting their development, and paving the way for the introduction of capital and enterprise. Let us not, therefore, remit our exertions. Every member of the Insti- tute can help the cause,—I may be pardoned in saying, can do more for it than he has hitherto done. ‘There is no royal road to the acquirement of science. It demands to some extent self-sacrifice on the part of all who may profess a desire to encour- age it. Dry as may be some of its details, they lie at the foundation of the wealth of nations, and its active votaries are all the better for the stimulus of judicious approval. There ought, gentlemen, to be a much larger attendance at our monthly Ordinary Meetings. Those who take the trouble to prepare papers for our instruction and amusement, and who find some eight or en out of seventy members assembled to listen to them, cannot feel much inclination to repeat the task, or recommend it to others. Some of those papers have settled questions which concern our own Province in Geology and Zoélogy, in Botany and Meteorology, for all time to come. But there is a large amount of talent in this community, and amongst our own members, which has never yet engaged itself in our behalf, and from which good may be yet expected. We await with patience its development under favorable auspices. Meanwhile, with Rev. Dr. Honeyman in our Geological section, Dr. Bernard Gilpin, J. M. Jones and others in the Zoo- logical ; Professor Dr. Lawson, Rey. Mr. Ball and Dr. Somers in the Botanical; Frederic Allison, the Dominion Meteorologist, and others in cognate departments of Natural Science, we maintain and uphold our standing very well with kindred Institutions elsewhere ; and our publications, to which I have before alluded, show that these gentlemen have not spared themselves in the service of the Institute, for the promotion of the laudable objects in which it is engaged. I feel assured that we are all glad to know that Dalhousie Col- lege has come to the aid of Physical Science, and that there is every prospect of its becoming a permanent feature in her course / ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. Paid of instruction. A shining light of Nova Scotia, Dr. McGrucor, one of her Alumni, comparatively young in years, but who has already made his mark in the Universities of the world, is to be the first occupant of the new Chair. I can not affirm that the example of our own Institute has had any weight with Dalhousie in the deter- mination——most probably none at all,—but of this lam sure, that the University is entering upon a course of study which, so far as the training of our youth is concerned, is second to none in importance in her whole curriculum, and which, if zealously persisted in, will place her higher than ever in the estimation of all orders of the community. We may, I hope, expect from the liberal charac- ter of the learned Professor, and also from the Alumni of his _department, much assistance in our own work.* Our members eannot all be students of Dalhousie, but she may do herself honour beyond College bounds by lending her aid to the public enlighten- ment. Nay, this is part of the work to which she is appointed, and in its accomplishment she will best fulfil her destiny. In conclusion of this general but imperfect summary of the doings of the Institute, I may as well say that I have been far from intending to deal harshly with shortcomings. These may be easily avoided or amended, and there is a bright side to the pros- pect, to which I would shortly advert. I remember that at our first Ordinary Meeting, fifteen years since, the present Provincial Sec- retary, still a member of the Institute, delivered the Inaugural Address. Then, the Marquis of Normanby, at that time our Lieutenant Governor, attended our meetings, and gave us in his plain, unvarnished but forcible style, a word of encouragement. After him Sir Richard McDennell, another Lieutenant Governor, would have done us more honour than our conduct towards him deserved at his hands. lam compelled, in mentioning his name, to make this acknowledgment. Our Governors have invariably been our patrons, and have been pleased to preside whenever we have held a conversazione. We should like them to go a little farther than this, as some of their predecessors did not think it * Which has since been renflered in an excellent Paper on Electricity delivered at one of our Ordinary meetings. 232 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. unwise to do,—but this also is quite capable of amendment.. Chicf Justice Sir William Young, a consistent member of our Institute, has frequently attended our meetings. The Bishop of Nova Scotia is also one of our members. A goodly list from among the clergy and the bar follow in their wake. We may hope soon to be an Incorporate Society, a status wluch we believe the Legislatare will concede to us whenever we think proper to make the claim. Upon the whole, then, there appears to be nothing that we can reasonably desire, that is not attainable by active and judicious management ; and I express my perfect conviction that the Oficers” and Council of the Institute, whom you may elect to-night, will do their utmost to promote its efficiency in every way that may be desirable, that approves itself to their judgment. : Trusting that you will pardon me for occupying so much time with matters which principally concern ourselves, with which we are all more or less familiar, but which are not without a certain degree of significance to the community at large ; and that you will excuse my rather lengthy performance on the ground of its infre- quency,—we may now, with the sanction of the President, proceed with the election of officers for the ensuing year. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Nova Scotian Hustitute of Matuval Srience. WOT INT BEANIE TW AIL. Provincial Museum, Oct. 11, 1876. ANNIVERSAY MEETING. J. B. Giupry, B. A., M. D., M. R. C. S., President, in the Chair. Enter alia. The following gentlemen were elected office-bearers for the ensuing year :— President—J. B. Girrin, M. D., &c. Viee-Presidents— WILLIAM Gossip, F. ALLISON, M. A. Treasurer—W. C. SILVER. Joint Secretaries—Rev. D. Honeyman, D.C.L., &c.; J. T. Me tisn, M. A. Council—A. P. Reip, M. D., G. Lawson, LL. 1D., &c.; Sheriff Brin, J. M. DeWorre, M.D., &c., J. Sommers, M.D.,L. G. Po wer, Ropert Morrow, AUGUSTUS ALLISON. ORDINARY MEETING, November 138, 1876. Dr. J. B. Ginpin, President, in the Chair. The SecrETARY announced that the Council had elected Mr. Guorrrey Morrow a member of the Institute. The PrestpeNnT exhibited a sketch of a piece of carved stone or rock which he had found near Digby. He thought that the characters were Aztec rather than Runic. Dr. Gilpin also exhibited a beautiful Indian pipe. J. SommERs, M. D., then read a paper on the “‘ Composite of Nova Scotia,” and exhibited several preserved specimens of Asters, which he very minutely described. (See Transactions.) OrpiNARY MEETING, Dec. 11, 1876. The PreEsIDENT in the Chair. The SEcRETARY Stated that Dr. DeWotrr, of London, Eng., had been elected a corresponding member of the Institute. 234 PROCEEDINGS. The President, Dr. GiLprn, made some highly interesting and instructive observations on specimens laid on the table :— 1. On a specimen of the Head of a dead Pelican, found lying on the shore at Upper Prospect. 2. Ona Stone Axe found in Dartmouth, and presented to the Museum by Mr. Donaxp Ross, of. Dartmouth. Mr. A. Dewar then read a paper entitled: ‘A New Theory of the Descent of Man,” after which a discussion took place in which the Presrpent, Dr. Reip, Dr. Sommers, Honble. L. G. Power, and Dr. J. G. McGregor, took part. Orpixnary MEeTinG, January 13, 1877. The PRESIDENT in the Chair. Tt was announced by Mr. ME-tisu that Dr. J. G. McGrecor and Mr. J. P. HaGarrty had been duly elected members of the Institute. The Rev. Dr. HontyMAN reau a printed communication from PRINCIPAL Dawson, giving an account of a recent discovery of Fossil Batrachians in the Coal Formation ef the South Jeggins. This discovery added new Reptiles to the list already recerded as found at the Joggins by the author, and also threw new light on the whele subject. The communication is to be found in Silli- anan’s Journad. ; Dr. A. P. Retp then read a paper “On the Rates of Mortality in Ancient and Modern Times.” The observations in the paper were general in character, and distinctly exhibited facts in favour of the view that the death rates have been much lower in modern than in ancient times. (See Transactions.) OrpDINARY MEETING, Feb. 12, 1877. The PRESIDENT in the Chair. The Secrerary announced that he had received the Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of Davenport, Iowa, and also the first number of a similar publication from the National Historical Society of Brazil. The Rev. Dr. HoNEYMAN read a paper ‘‘ On Nova Scotian Geology at the Centennial.” After reading his paper, Dr. H. made some observations on the ‘*‘ Eozoon Canadense,” (Dawson). Its nature was illustrated by beauti- ful microscopic sections prepared with great care by T. Weston, Esq., of the Geological Survey of Canada, and by nummulites partially and entirely filled with glauconite. Its forameniferal relations were illustrated by foram- enifera from dredgings from H. M. S. Challenger. Dr. H. stated that there was difference of opinion in regard to the true nature of the Hozoon,—some regarding it as an organic and others as a mineral structure, while yet others were undecided. (See Transactions.) PROCEEDINGS. 230 OrpINARY MEETING, March 12, 1877. The PRESIDENT in the Chair. W. Gossip, Esq., Vice President, having taken the Chair, Dr. GrLprn read an interesting paper ‘On the Indians of Nova Scotia.” The subject was illustrated by sketches and pictures by different writers. (See Transactions.) OrpINARY Mretine, April 9, 1877. The Presipznt in the Chair. Robert Morrow, Esq., read a highly instructive paper ‘“ On the An- atomy of the Cariboo.” The subject was illustrated by a number of speci- mens of the limbs, skin, head and other parts of the animal. (See Tran- sactions.) A paper wasthen read “On anew method of Measuring the Resistance of Electrolytes,” by J. G. McGrecor, M. A., D. Sc., (iond.) In this paper a new method was described combining the advantages of both Kohlrausch’s method and of that described by Mr. Ewine and the author in the Transac- tions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh (vol. xxvii.) The author had submitted his method to various tests, and had found that ‘ polarization ” had been elimi- nated, at least in so far that its effects could not be observed even with the most delicate instruments. The measurement of the resistance of electrolytes is thus rendered as easy as that of metallic conductors. At the close of the lecture, Mr. MELLISH proposed some questions respect- ing lightning and the conducting power of the atmosphere, which Dr. McGregor satisfactorily answered. Orpinary Meetine, May 14th, 1877. The PRESIDENT in the Chair. It was announced that Tuomas WeEsrTown, Ksq., of the Geological Survey of Canada, had been elected a corresponding member; also, that the Rey. JOHN BurwasH, of Sackville, N. B., had been elected an associate member. ProFrEssor LAwson read a paper by Professor How, replete with scien- tific information, ‘On the Botany of Nova Scotia.” (See Transactions.) FREDERICK ALLISON, Ksq., M. A., Chief Meteorological Agent, read his Report for the year 1876. The results of Mr. ALLIson’s services in the work of recording facts and determining laws respecting the meteorology of the Province are certainly of a most useful and valuable character. (See Tran- sactions.) J. T. Mexttisu, M.A., communicated a paper by Professor Burwash, ‘“ On the Albertite Mines at Belliveau, New Brunswick.” (See Transactions.) 236 LIST OF MEMBERS. LIST OF MEMBERS. —————a Date of Admission. 1873. as eee —~T ~7 =1 (er) 99 Ot S ye go Js =} “1 Or mm on 09 at I Rahs) ike o y2 ’ am -~ oO w ~I > ty @ ~I a ~1 O & S29 G9 ye Jan. Feb. Feb. April Jan. Jan. April Nov. Feb. Sep. Apr. Apr. Apr. May Apr. Mar. Jan. Oct. 11. 15. 15. Akin, T-8:, D: €.1L., Halifax: Allison, Augustus, Halifix. Allison, Frederick, Chief Meteorological Agent, Halifax. Beil. Joseph, High Sheriff, Halifax. ‘ Bell, Thomas, F. G. S., Newceastle-on-Tyne, England. Binney, Elward, Halifax. Black, G. P. Halifax. Brown, C. E., Halifax. Brunton, Robert, Halifax. Cogswell, A. C., D. D. S., Halifax. Colford, Henry, “alifax. Cempton, William, Halifax. Costley, John, Halifax. Cramp, Rev. Dr., Wolfville. Creighton, Aylwin, Halifax. Day, Forshaw, Artist, Haiifax. Dewar, Andrew. Halifax. DeWolf, James R., M. D., Edin., L. R. C.S.-E., Vice-President, Dartmouth. Downs, Andrew, Corr. Memb. Z. S., London, Halifax. Edwards, Lieut. Hope, 60th Rifles, Halifax. Egan, T. J., Taxidermist, Halifax. Fairbanks, Lewis P., Dartmouth. Forbes, John, Manazer of Starr Works, Dartmouth. Foster, James, Barrister-at-Law, Dartmouth. Fraser, J. F., Richmond, Halifax. Frith, G. R., Halifax. Gilpin, J. Bernard, M. D., M. R.C.S., President, Halifax. Gossip, William, Vice-President, Granville Street, Halifax. Greville, Hon, Mr., 60th Rifles, Halifax. Haliburton, R. G., F. 8. A., Halifax. Hampton, William, Halifax. Hill, Hon. P. C., D. C. L., Provincial Secretary, Halifax. Honeyman, Rev. David, D. C. L., F. G.S., §c,, Secretary, Prov. Museum, Halifax. Hudson, James, M. E., Superintendent of Albion Mines, Pictou. Hunt, Rev. A. S., A. M., Superintendent of Education, Halifax. Jack, Peter, Halifax. 1873. Jan. Jan. Feb. Mar. Jan. Feb. Feb. Feb. Feb. Mar. Jan. Aug. Mar. Jan. Nov. Jan. July Noy, Nov. Jan. Apr. Jan. Nov. Mar. Jan. Jan. Jan. LIS€ OF MEMBERS. Dan James, Alexander, Mr. Justice, Dartmouth. Jones, J. M., F. L. S., Halifax. Kelly, John, Dep. Chief Commissioner of Mines, Halifax. Lawson, George, Ph. D., L. L. D., Professor of Chemistry and Natural History, Dalhousie College, Halifax. Mellish, John T., M. A, Secretary, [Ialifax. McKay, Alexander, Principal of Schools, Dartmouth, McKay, Adam, Engineer, Dartmouth. Morrow, James B., Halifax. Morrow, Robert, Halifax. Moseley, E., Dartmouth. Murphy, Martin, ©. E., Provincial Enyineer, Ualifax. Nova Scotia, the Kt. Rev. Hibbert Binney, D. D., Lord Bishop of Pitts, D. H., Halifax. Poole, Henry M. E., Derbyshire, Eng. Poole, H. S., F. G. S., Inspector of Afines, Halifax. Power, L. G., Senator, Halifax. Reeks, Henry, Manor Hall, Truxton, Hamp., England. Reid, A. P., M. D., Halifax. Robertson, Thomas, Halifax. Rutherford, John, M. E., Halifax. Silver, W. C., Treasurer, Halifax. — Sinclair, John A.; Halifax. Skimmings, Robert, Halifax. Sommers, J., M. D., Halifax. Stirling, W. Sawyers, Halifax. Waddell, W. Henry, High School, ILalifax. Walker, John MeAra, Saint John and Halifax. Young, Sir William, Knt., Chief Justice of ova Scotia, Halifaz. McGregor, J. G., M. A., D. Se., Bristol, Hug. Haggarty, J. P., Halifax. Morrow, G., Halifax. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. Ambrose, Rev. John, A. M., Digby. Calkin, J. B., M. A., Principal of Normal School, Truro. Gilpin, Edwin, M. E,, F G.S., Springville, Pictou. Kennedy, Professor, Acadia College, Wolfville. Kerr, James J., Amherst. McKay, A. H., A. M., Principal of Academy, Pictou. McKinnon, Rev. John, Hopewell, Pictou. NecKenzie, William, Surveyor, Moncton, N. B. Morton, Rev. John, Trinidad. Moseley, E. T., M. P. P., Cape Breton. Patterson, Rev. George, D. D., Greenhill, Pictou. Burwash, Rey. J., Sackville, N. B. LisT OF MEMBERS. o CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Nov. 29. Ball, Rev. E., Springhill. Noy. 25. Bethune, Rev. J. S., Ontario. Sep. 29. Chevalier, Edgecumbe, H. M. Naval Yard, Pembroke, England. Tec. 11. Dr. DeWolf, Tintern, England. May 14. Thomas Weston. Geol. Survey of Canada. TRANSACTIONS OF THE Nova Srotian Hustitute of Matuval Science, Art. I.—Nores on Nova Scotra Composir®,—AsteRs. By J. Sommers, M.D., Prof. Physiology. Halifax Medical College. (Read before the Institate, Vovember 13, 1876.) THE genus Aster keing a natural division of the order Com- posite, attracts our attention, because of the beauty and variety of its forms. It is interesting also, because it supplies the botanist with the latest floral treasures which our short season affords for his study and subsequent reflection ; with the golden-rods they light up our autumnal landscape, like a lingering ray of our departed summer. The generic characteristics of this group are exceedingly well marked, none others in the whole botanical classification being so separated from their congeners by natural distinctions. Their specific diagnosis is, however, exceedingly difficult, as is acknowledged by the diversity of nomenclature and doubtful separ- ations of species, the elevations of varieties into species, and of individuals into varieties, by different authorities, leading to much confusion, so that in many cases, named species are but examples of a single form, these names being truly synonyms, and not patronymics. An example is here furnished by the form designated ‘Aster levis, Zinn levigatus, Willd, cyaneus, Hoffm and Pursh described as separate species, now recognized as varieties of an amorphous species, connected by many intermediate variations. Any one of the three may be regarded as the parent stock. Taking the intermediate series we find apparent variations, which, on close examination, fail to establish a well-marked specific distinction. We are justified, therefore, in designating this form by a specific 240 SOMMERS—NOVA SCOTIA COMPOSITA,—ASTERS. title, which includes the whole group, as is done by Prof. Gray in his Manual, in which priority is given to the Linnzan term levis, the others representing varieties under this head. Circumstances like the above are more or less characteristic of all the native species which I have so far examined. I have con- cluded, therefore, that all well-defined species,—or perhaps I should say true species, —must be looked upon as so many groups, vary- ing individually, yet possessing within each group certain character- istic peculiarities, which, being common to members of each, are sufficient to relegate them from the members of other groups. ; Iam inclined also to the opinion, ‘* the correctness of which I leave for future determination,” that more species are described than have an existence in nature. Observations prove that when passing from the generic diagnosis of the asters, we have, on the whole, few genuine and really natural specific characteristics separ- ating its members. The difficulty of marking the dividing lines betwcen species in this group of plants arises from their inherent plasticity. Of all feral plants, they have the greater tendency to vary in their natural positions; apparently the slightest change in their physical surroundings tends to produce changes in form, which, though not sufficiently marked to furnish specific distinctions, are yet perplex- ing enough to severely tax the diagnostic skill of the Botanist who attempts to separate them. Having on many occasions experienced this difficulty, I have in the following netes attempted to characterise such of our native asters as appear to possess definitive specific peculiarities, and have in the case of each endeavored to relegate them to the group or species described in the Class Book. In this attempt I have relied principally upon the character of the achenia, pappus, and scales of involucrum, and upon the inflorescence, leaves and axis when admissible, the former being in general more reliable for distinctive diagnosis, the latter not so reliable, since, in the very many cases their characteristics are so indefinite as to prove perplex- ing and abortive as distinctive evidence of specific difference. The labor may, after all, prove to be a work of supererogation ; SOMMERS—NOVA SCOTIA COMPOSIT®,—ASTERS. 241 nevertheless, any Botanist who undertakes the study of this and some other genera of the great natural order Composite, will, I am sure, sympathize with the effort and condone its errors. ASTER RADULA, Ait. Stem, 1° to 2°. Angular striate; smooth, purple, shining, branching at the top into a loose corymb ; simple below ; branches purple, pubescent about three flowered, heads pedunculate large, peduncle naked, involucrum imbricated, five rowed; scales all squarrose, with scarious margins, green centres and tips; obtuse not as Jong as the disk; rays deep violet, spreading thrice longer than the disk, from ten to fifteen in number; leaves lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, scarcely clasping ; alternate remote subserrate dentate ; margin scabrous, upper surface dull, dark green, rugous and scabrous; under surface paler; venation reticulated, the veins well marked; pappus simple clubshaped. A fine showy Aster, flowering in July and August, in moist places; varies in its foliage, but the flowers are constant ; involucrum bell-shaped ; scales regular, close pressed with spreading tips. A distinct specific form, but superficially resembles the next. A. SPECTABILIS: Ait. Resembling the above in height, foliage and inflorescence. The scales of the inyolucrum are however different, being spatulate and obtuse, their margins glandular hairy, giving them the appearance of being finely dissected or fringed. The leaves are narrower, lighter colored, and although netveined, are not rugous. Both Species may be easily separated from other forms. They vary less than our other species. A. Punicevs L. Var vimtntus. Willd. Stem glabrous, paniculate furrowed, or striate 2° to 3°; green or reddish on one side; stem leaves narrow; lanceolate taper pointed, remotely serrate dentate; reticulate veined ; somewhat auriculate amplexicaul ; smooth above and below; edges scabrous; upper 9 w~ 242 SOMMERS—NOVA SCOTIA COMPOSIT#,—ASTERS. surface dark green glaucus, lower paler, 14’ to 2’ smaller and entire on the branches; branches one or two flowered, heads large, rays about twenty-five, spreading purple, twice or thrice Jarger than the disk ; pappus copious, simple; achenia smooth,’ scales of involu- crum two rowed, outer longer and lax, all green lanceolate acute, as long or longer than the disk, the outer sometimes bract like, A rather handsome species, growing in dark, shady woods or by watercourses, varying much in robustness and foliage according to its situation. In some the branches are supplied with very small leaves, in others they are nearly naked; diagnosis doubtful ; answers to puniceus of Linn., but absence of hairs and different character of scales and number of rays, separates it from the typical species; corresponds to A vimineus described in Wood’s Class Book. A. LONGIFOLIUs. Lam. Smooth stem; terete striate purple; very much branched ; branches spreading ; many fiowered leaves; linear acute entire ; the edges scabrous ; scales lanceolate, broad, acute, equalling the disk ; irregularly two-rowed, loosely squarrose, herbaceous, often bract- like; rays violet, twenty to thirty, showy, very long; pappus simple ; achznia smooth; a handsome aster in fields and on road- sides ; floweringin September and October ; remarkable for its very long, narrow, and acute leaves, which measure from 4’ to 6/ in length by 4 in width; the scales cause it to approach the above, but the entire, very long, narrow, and acute leaves, the longer, narrow, and more abundant ray-florets, and the absence of small leaves on the stems, afford points for differential diagnosis. “Syno- nymous with A. laxus Willd. A. elodes. Torr. & Gr. ASTER.—Sp. ? Stem striate, simple, leafy, branching at the top; the branches glandular, hairy, and forming a compound corymb; heads numer- ous, medium sized ; involucrum closely imbricated ; scales in three rows, erect, narrow, acute, much shorter than the disk, rays all white, twice longer than the disk ; fifteen to twenty, disk yellowish cx purple brown, pappus equal copious; leaves broad, lanceolate, SOMMERS—-NOVA SCOTIA COMPCSIT#,—ASTEES. 243 taper pointed; acuminate gibbous, smooth, with margins scabrous, gradually tapering to a short petiole, entire, imperfectly three- veined, somewhat coriaceous, dark green above, and paler below. A fine, robust plant, very abundant in hilly pastures, forming communities, the only native species observed, with pure, white rays, never varying, except in robustness ; the largest of our asters, so far as stem and foliage are concerned; often attaining a height of four or five feet. Although very distinct in form and appear- ance from the others of this genus, I am unable to affix its specific name, inasmuch as it does not correspond to any species described either in Gray’s or Wood’s Manuals. It might pass for A. solida- ginoides, W, in Eaton’s Manual, except for its leaves, which are rather broad, lanceolate, not linear as in the description of solida- ginoides, which has only five ray florets; in height and robustness also, it does not approach to our plant. Aster S., of Eaton’s Manual is, I suppose, identical with seriocarpus solidaginoides, af Gray’s book. I would feel no difficulty in naming it Diplopappus ‘mbellatus, Torr & Gr., to the description of which it corresponds a the characters of its height, foliage, form of inflorescence, cales, and rays, but the pappus of our plant is simple, a character vhich, it seems to me, would preclude our placing it in a genus, -he name of which denotes the presence of a double pappus in its Bpecies. ASTERMISER. L. Ait. Stem hairy, terete channelled, reddish purple, from 1° to 3°, branching from below upwards, the branches green, hairy, heads pedunculate racemose secund, sometimes sessile, racemes leafy, stem leaves lance-linear acuminate, dentserrate, feather veined, margins scabrous, 14’ to 2’ leaves of branches, mostly entire, very small ovate lanceolate involucrum, two rowed ; scales erect, lanceo- late acute, having scarious margins green centres and tips as long as the disk; rays scarcely longer than disk, varying in colour from white to light violet; heads numerous, occupying the whole length of the branches, a very variable species. ‘‘ And may include dis- tinct forms.” Sometimes simply racemose, or paniculate, or com- 244 SOMMERS —NOVA SCOTIA COMPOSIT#—ASTERS. pound. In some the leaves are very small, in others large; the stem simple or much branched; all have dentserrate leaves, minute flowers, and a general resemblance, which enables us to separate them from other asters. A. Miser. Simply racemose or paniculate. Var. ODiffusus compound racemose. Mostly inhabitants of dry hill pastures ; flowering in Sept. ASTER. acuminatus.—Michx. Stem 1° to 13°, simple flexuous, somewhat irregular, hairy ; branching paniculate corymbose above; branches almost naked ; one or more flowered; pedicels having a midway bract; heads large, involucrum, single rowed, often an irregular outer one ; scales linear acute, erect channelled ; margins and tips scarious; rays about twelve, twice longer than the disk, white with a purple or roseate tinge ; achzenia smooth; leaves mostly below or at origin of branches, in some appearing to be rosulate, broad lanceolate, feather veined, remotely and irregularly serrated near the long acuminate point, entire towards the cuneate base. Sessile, 2’ to 24’, veins with scattered hairs; upper surface rough, dull green; inhabits wooded hills, dry and shady places, flowers early—July, August ; a species easily distinguished by the characters of its stem leaves and flowers, yet it has apparently three rather distinct forms, one with a zigzag stem, leaves regularly alternate, numerous heads on simple branches, another with the stem also flexuous, but the leaves are crowded at the centre, appearing whorled or rosulate, with simple single or twin-flowered branches springing from the leaves, giving an umbellated appearance, a third more robust than the two former, leaves arranged in general like the second var., but more abundant and scattered; the leaves are also somewhat coriaceous, rugose shorter and narrower than in the others, the heads more numerous and corymbose, the rays more numerous, purple or slaty in color, it flourishes in clearings or exposed situations, while the others fiourish best in the shade. REID—ON MORTALITY. Q45 ASTER, NEMORALIS. Ait. Stem simple or corymbose at the top, leafy, the leaves crowded below the branches, or midway on the simple axis, which is often single-flowered ; heads few, branches when present usually single- flowered and naked ; stem and branches having short hairs; scales lance linear acute squarrose, margins and tips scarious ; rays pale purple or roseate, never white, 15 to 25 in number; leaves narrow, lanceolate, entire sessile; upper surface rugous and scabrous, edges scabrous and revolute, ‘‘more revolute in the upper than in the lower leaves; 1’ to 13’ in some subdentate, lessening from below upwards, an inhabitant of swampy pastures, rather a pretty Aster, generally the first to put forth flowers—July ; with a resemblance to the above, it is sufficiently distinct for easy diagnosis from it ; they are both included in the div. scariosa or orthomeris, Torr & Gray, differing from Asters proper by their membranous scales. Art. I1.—Morratity Rares or Ancient anD MoprErn Times. iby Awe. NEID, Mi D., Ts R. A.S2, etc.; etcs, 2ror fessor of Medicine, etc., Halifax Medical College. (A Paper read at the Institute of Natural Science, Halifar, N. S., Canada, Jan. 8th, 1877.) . Tue idea of our great recent progress is so generally received, that it may be well to take a retrospective glance and see how much in reality has been accomplished. To get.a fair understanding of our subject, let us revert to the Period when natural laws were untrammelled, and we had the best examples of health, which, without doubt, prevailed in a very early period of history. We may conclude that the Pastoral Life furnished every sanitary requirement,—good drainage and ventila- tion, and temperate and sufficient exercise and diet, without facility for effeminate habits. Under these circumstances, it is safe to con- clude that, excepting accidents, death resulted from old age, 246 REID—ON MORTALITY. We must also premise that every individual is at birth endowed with a prospective length of life under favorable conditions, which is measured by the vigor obtained from the parents, modified by a special individuality (for no two members of the same family are alike.) This natural life may be prolonged or shortened, owing to the conditions to which it is exposed. One person may naturally die at fifty years, from the wearing out of the mechanisms of life. An- other dying at fifty may have prolonged his term five or more years by extra care and judgment; and others dying at sixty or eighty may have brought on death prematurely, by five, ten, or more years, owing to debilitating influences. To take up individual cases as illustration, would far transcend my limited time, and I must deal in generalities. Presuming, then, that we have a sufficient knowledge of the most favorable conditions of health, we will compare the present with the past. We find by historical evidence that partly owing to increase of numbers, as well as to the fertility of certain districts, population become more dense, and a nomadic merged into a fixed population. Deficient drainage and ventilation can scarcely take place when the tent is shifted at frequent intervals; but it is far different with a stationary house, and the gradual collection of excreta and decomposing material, which, conspiring with war or famine, or both, were sufficient to explain the epidemics which have afflicted humanity from very early dates. As wealth increased so did the desire for conveniences and lux- uries, and in time distant countries were laid under tribute to satisfy the demand. This gave rise to the middlemen or merchants that increased in numbers and influence as wealth and ability to pay increased. Arising from the same cause, manufactures began to exercise a similar influence, and at the present-these combined have massed very numerous populations about convenient centres or cities, giving conditions the very opposite of what prevailed during the nomadic period. REID—ON MORTALITY. 247 As a result of this, we would anticipate a great increase of dis- ease and death, and such has been the case in every instance where no special means have been used to ward off the ills resulting from a very large population. These evils are of two kinds, the social and the physical, and though we do not intend to devote attention to the former, yet it must be alluded to, for there can be no doubt but disease is greatly modified by social conditions at either end of the scale; at the upper end by habits of fashion, ease and effeminacy, and the lower _by filth, squalor and poverty. The physical evils are those induced by an insufficient removal of the gascous, liquid and solid excreta that are necessarily the result of animal life, and which are the most active agents in producing disease and death in the proportion of their accumula- tion. . Hence it is not their formation that is prejudicial, but their inadequate removal. By the operation of natural agencies this is easily accomplished in what we may conceive as the natural mode of life—the moveable scattered habitations referred to above. When artificial customs prevail, so in proportion must artificial means be adopted to carry out the indications of nature, and since we have in latter years gained much knowledge it is to be presumed, if this be turned to account, there should be an amelioration of the general health. Experience has proved the accuracy of this deduc- tion, and the lowered death rate of some cities, notably London, is the best proof, as the very high rate in others shows conversely a. deficient attention to sanitary requirements. One law jis thoroughly established, ‘That the products of animal life are in course of time resolved into inorganic substances which become the pabulum for the growth of vegetable life. But during the transformation above referred to, the compounds that are formed are poisonous to the life of animals unless present in extremely minute quantities. It is necessary that there should be a tolerance of these poisons in the case of animals, or general disease and death would result, and as different species and individuals have different powers of resistance we find that the resulting dis- 248 REID—ON MORTALITY. ease varies very greatly in its types and results, and also that strong vitality may confer. comparative health under very unfavorable conditions. Another powerful influence that tends to this favorable result is that of habit, for we know that so great is the elasticity and endur- ance of the vital economy that long exposure to a deleterious in- fluence does appear to modify and even arrest its virulence, but in the majority lowered vitality is to be expected with its common result, disease and high death rate. In comparing the influence of modern civilization on the Gen- eral Health we have two previous eras to consider—the Ancient and Middle ages. . Our knowledge of ancient times in this particular is very limit- ed, and if what we have received, be correct, they were more favourable than the present. In ancient times, we have three periods—the first when nomadic life prevailed, and we have reason to believe, the best condition were present. Second, that of the Assyrian and Persian Empires. At these times, we have the gradual accumulation of numerous populations at political centres, with a very high average of health, as arule, if the Chronicles are to be believed; and this is easily understood, for the great cities of Nineveh and Babylon were totally unlike those that have succeeded them, for they covered a vast area of territory in comparison with population. The original founders also devoted great attention to a complete system of drainage and public baths, as well as the perfect cultiva- tion of the soil, with separate location of the domiciles and very wide streets—precisely those conditions that our, most recent knowledge would dictate. These methods, no doubt, prevailed then, more from military than sanitary reasons, but it would be scarcely just to say that their educated men had not accurate powers of observation, and were not guided by the experience of life that they must have had even then, although their theoretical explanation might not be so accurate as we can giveto-day. It is only fair to assume that, at a time when the health and energy of every individual was necessary to the formation of armies, whose REID—ON MORTALITY. 249 success was in proportion to the physical health and endurance of each unit.’ (The training of the Persian soldier under Cyrus was perfection as far as our present knowledge teaches.) All reasoning, I repeat, would confirm the idea that the phenomena of health were very closely studied and all arrangements made subservient thereto. Hence it is more than probable that during this long period the Standard of general health approached very near perfection, and that our progress at present would be more assured did we very closely copy the methods that prevailed for so many ages long since passed away. Third, the area of the ancient Roman Empire. Here we had conditions not unlike those that preceded except that there was “more crowding with its attendant evils, and we read of plagues that produced great havoc more frequently than in more ancient times. These were generally the accidental results of war, siege, famine and great overcrowding, from the concentration of armies and the inhabitants of the surrounding country, and should not be included in the general health rate which was comparatively high. The Grecian and Egyptian customs were very similar, and we need not comment on. them. The Middle Ages we may consider as coming down to a late period in the last century, with a health rate comparatively very low in all the great centres of population. ’ The crowded quarters and ignorance of the most elementary hygienic laws, produced decimating plagues with marked regularity. The great fire in London in 1666 cut short the epidemic at that time prevailing, by scattering the dense population and perfectly disinfecting the polluted domiciles. Great wars are'always attended by disease, and leave famine and sickness as their result, but in estimating the general health rate this should not be considered, for the unhealthy period just referred to was not very clearly traceable to war but rather to the habits of the times. During the century just elapsed there are many modifying influ- ences that must be considered in estimating our modern condition. 250 REID—ON MORTALITY. Commerce and Manufactures, or TrabE, has obtained a pre-emi- nent position, and controls the massing of populations to a far greater extent than politics, nationality, or political geography. The study of the science of Hygiene has made very great pro- gress, and has been able to influence the deliberations of the national as well as the municipal governments, so that the march of im- provement is now going on actively, but the course is yet both difficult and long. Within the past fifty years trade has inclined to populate the cities at the expense of the farms, and war has tended so little to diminish numbers, that we have very many centres very thickly inhabited, which, from the vicissitudes of trade are alternately in affluence and poverty, and either extreme tends to produce disease. Hence, we have all that is required to give a very high death — rate; and that it is not worse, we must thank the labours of those who, for very many years, have striven to inculcate the require- ments of health. It would be theoretically possible to have most thickly populated and perfectly healthy districts, but since the natural depurating agencies are then insufficient, artificial means must be adopted, pro- portional to the artificial condition. . Iivery individual should have abundance at all times of pure air, pure water, good food, regular exercise, and no less regular sleep, with as far as possible, restriction from indulging the appetite for excesses of every kind. Sewage, (a convenient term for classing,—the solid liquid and part of the gaseous excreta), cannot be too perfectly attended to, for its influence in poisoning the air and water is supreme. To accomplish this it is necessary to have perfect removal of dirt of every kind, with such a disposal of the liquids and solids as will enable them to be utilized in nature’s way, by vegetable growth, or at least to be disinfected by some means, artificial or natural. Ventilation is equally as urgent to remove the gaseous excreta of respiration as well as the products of manufactures and sewage decomposition, which must to some extent, obtain, no matter how well their removal may be managed. REID—ON MORTALITY. 251 As to food, labor, rest and restriction from excesses, they are so mixed up with the conditions of TRADE that at present it is not possible to regulate them by any form of parliamentary legislation. And again they are by no means so prejudicial to the general health rate if perfect cleanliness could be made obligatory. Zymotic.—Preventable disease, such as Fevers, Dyphtheria, &c., &c., chiefly swells our death rate, and it could be eradicated by cleanliness or perfect ventilation and drainage. While as well those debilitating influences would be avoided that tend so largely to increase the mortality of infant life and those endemic diseases, consumption, malaria and other maladies which are peculiar to certain countries and localities. To go into the details of these requirements would occupy too much of your time at present, and I will merely refer to the methods sketched by Dr. B. W. Richardson, of London, a most advanced sanitarian, for his model ‘‘ City of Hygeia,” where the most prac- tical indications would be carried out. Its foundation, however, is yet to be commenced. In conclusion let me say that we have not yet accomplished in any of our cities that which is quite possible, viz., drainage and ventilation, and that our practical sanitary works and general health rate cannot compare with the very ancient and more populous cities of Nineveh, Babylon, or ancient Rome. It is probable, however, to expect that the vicissitudes of trade will prevent numbers from leaving the pursuit of agriculture and crowding the cities, which vocation alone is practically capable of giving the highest health rate when ordinary common sense and intelligence directs its operation. 252 NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—-HONEYMAN. Art. III.—Nova Scotian GEOLOGY, AT THE CENTENNIAL ExHI- BITION — INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION oF 1876. By Rev. D. Honzymay, D. C. L., Representative of Nova Scotia. (Read february 12th, 1877) ABSTRACT. Nova Scotian Geology was illustrated by my own collection,— altogether Nova Scotian,—and a number of maps. It was also illustrated in the Stratigraphical collection of the Geological Survey of Canada, and bya sketch map of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, by Mr. Ells, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn, F. R.S., Director of the Survey, and Photos, by T. Weston, Esq., Geological Survey. I. The collection of Rocks which I exhibited were representa- tive :— 1. Of the ‘«* Lower Arisaig Series.” Zrans. of the Institute. CRYSTALLINE Rocks. Laurentian. Transactions. Archean. Dana's. Manual. Syenites, From Arisaig, N.S. “ce Mts. George’s River, C.B. ce Cobequid Mountains, N.S. Diorites, Same localities. Granites, Cobequids. Gneisses, 6 Petrosiliceous, a Nes . Anisaigs Jaspideous, Mts. George’s River. Ophite, Arisaig. “6 Mts. of George’s River. Ophicalcites, Arisaic. gs George’s River. Marbles, Arisaig. NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. 253 . Marbles, Mts. of George’s River. a Cobequids. ee (? Auer. 7 Five Islands. Porphyries, (74 nex, | ~ Cobequids. Amyedaloid, Mts. George’s River. Diorite, Arisaig. “ Mts. George’s River, / 2. Of the ‘* Middle Arisaig Series.” Zrans. MixED CRYSTALLINE. Cambrian (?). Trans. Lower Silurian (?). Trans. Jaspideous Rocks, Cobequids. Petrosiliceous, Arisaig. Conglomerates (Ash), ob es Cobequids. << . Scatarie Island, C.B. Diorites, 6 es Cobequids, ss Arisaig. Porphyries, Ge ot Cobequids. Amygdaloid, ae 3. Cambrian. Quartz, etc., Halifax. Slates, 6s , Auriferous Quartz, Waverley. 4. Lower Silurian (?). | Ant/es Grmites,; _ Cobequids. Slates (with Fossils), ~— © Wentworth, I.C.R. Strophomena alternata. Porphyries, Diorites, 5, Of the ‘* Upper Arisaig Series.” Jaspideous Rocks, Arisaig Pier. 254 NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. Aluminous Silicates, cs Fossiliferous Iron Ore, Arisaig Brook. 6. Lower Carboniferous. Limestone (Fossiliferous) with Laurentian Syenite, Antigonish Harbor. II.. Boulders from drift of Halifax County. Transactions. 1. Granites, Cobequids. Syenite, ° : Diorites, ce Gneisses, sé Porphyries, ae Quartzite (olive, with Crinoids), “ 2. Amygdaloids (Triassic) with Zeolites, Se Five Islands. Amygdaloids, ~ Two Islands. oo Bass River, 3 Parrsboro’. 3 Blomedon. MINERALS. a Heulandite. Stilbite- Natrolite. Agates. 3. Limestones (Carboniferous), Windsor and other localities. oe (Bituminous), : c cs (Fossiliferous), “ “ Stigmaria Ficoides, Lepidodendron. Calamites. This collection was supplementary to the collections which I had in the London Exhibition of 1862, Dublin, 1865, and Paris, 1867. It was intended to illustrate investigations made by " NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. 255 myself since the Exhibition of 1867, They have all been submitted to the Institute. (Transactions, 1869-76.) I also illustrated the Geography of Nova Scotia by a portfolio of maps. 1. A new geological map of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton. Map of Cape Breton showing localities examined. Geological map of Antigonish County. . Geological map of Arisaig. gr ym oP bo Map shewing the arrangement and character of the pre-carbon- iferous rocks of East Pictou. Geological map of the pre-carboniferous rocks of East River, McLellan’s Mountain and Sutherland’s River. 7. Map of Colchester County, chiefly illustrating the geology of the I. C. R. and Cobequid Mountains. 8. Map of Cumberland County, chiefly illustrating the geology of the I. C. R. and Cobequid Mountains. 9. Map, showing the geological formations on the Grand Lake and Railway. 10. Admiralty Chart of Halifax Harbour, geologically coloured. 11. Map, illustrating the superficial geology of Halifax. for) SYTRATIGRAPHICAL COLLECTION OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. I—In the Laurentian, division{ No. 199, 277, are specimens from George’s River, Kelly’s Cove and Cape Dauphin, in Cape Breton. The specimens from George’s River are like those in my own collection, excepting the ophites, ophicalcites and jaspideous rocks, which are wanting in this collection. I regard these as a charac- teristic part of the series. I have referred to St. Ann’s in more than one of my Papers to the Institute, as showing by specimens that the Laurentian existed there as well as at Arisaig. This is connected with Kelly’s Cove and Cape Dauphin. In regard to the age of the Cape Breton representatives of my ‘‘ Lower Ari- saig Series,” the views of the survey collection correspond with my own. 526 NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. , II.—In the Huronian and Lower Cambrian divisions are, first: Nos. 395, 416, from Louisbourg, C. B., and.second: Nos. 417, 425, from Jebogue Point, Yarmouth, N.S. The Louis- burg specimens, correspond with the Scatarie Island specimens of my collection. They are regarded by the survey as of Huronian age. I have regarded my specimens from Scatarie, C. B.,—the rocks being a part of the Louisbourg series—as corresponding with my ‘* Middle Arisaig Series,” of Arisaig and the Intercolonial Railway. The IC. R. rocks I have regarded as corresponding with certain Lower Silurian rocks of Wales, described by Professor Ramsay. Trans. 1874-5. | In the Catalogue of the Geological Survey, we have a note on the Jebogue rocks :—<‘‘ The rocks of Jebogue Point and Cape St. Mary seem to be lower than the gold-bearing slates and quartzites (whin) in the same neighbourhood. Catal. 141. Lower CAMBRIAN, Atlantic Coast, specimens 426, 450. These are fram the auriferous rocks of Nova Scotia. ; Notz.—‘‘ Supposed to represent either the base of the Premor- dial or the Lower Cambrian series.” Catal. 141. II].— Lower Silurian, No. 461. From the Granite Junction, Halifax. Nos. 462,476; Bras d’ Or and Cape Breton. The specimens from Bras d@’ Or contain Lingule. They are considered by Mr. Selwyn to be of Potsdam Sandstone age. IV.—Middle and Upper Silurian, Nos. 736, 53, are from Arisaig, Frenchman’s Basin, East River, Malignant Cove, Doctor’s Brook, McLellan’s Brook. I would observe that the rocks of Arisaig Pier and Cove, Frenchman’s Barn and Doctor’s Brook correspond with No. 5 of my collection; 7. e, with A. of my ‘“‘ Upper Arisaig Series,” viz: Jaspideous rocks and Aluminous Silicates. These were first recog- nized at Lochaber and then at Doctor’s Brook, by my own obser- vations. They are older than the Lower Arisaig or Clinton of Dawson. Others are pre-carboniferous. The rocks, at East River, are Middle and Upper Silurian, at NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. 257 McLellan’s Brook, they are of same age. The rocks at Malignant Cove are Lower Carboniferous, conglomerates with intrusive Trap. Laurentian lies east of Cove. Vide sections in “ Geology of Anti- gonish Co.” Trans. 1874-5. V.—Devonian. Iron ore with Fossils. Nictaux Granites, Nos. 781, 804. The Fossils in the iron ores of Nictaux are considered by Mr. Selwyn, Dr. Dawson, Prof. Hartt:and others, to be of lower Devo- nian age. In fact the rocks containing these ores are at present regarded as the only unquestioned representatives of the Devonian Formation in Nova Scotia. The relation of the Granites, occurring at Nictaux, to the sup- posed Devonian Formation is considered as demonstrating the Upper Devonian age of the former, and also of the Granites asso- ciated with the Gold Fields of Nova Scotia. Accordingly speci- mens of these granites were arranged in this division of the collection. V1I.—Carboniferous. Lower Carboniferous, 805 to 821. Mill stone Grit and Coal Measures, 225 to 839. Upper Coal Measures, 840 to 843. This extensive, interesting and beautifully prepared collection, with the exception of the first 188 specimens, has been presented to the Smithsonian Institute at Washington. A geological map of the Lower Provinces, coloured by Mr. Ells, of the Survey, under the direction of Mr. Selwyn, was also exhibited, showing the sup- posed course of the Laurentian axis from Cape North, through Cape Breton, through Arisaig, N. S., Pictou, and the Cobequid Mountains, and through New Brunswick; also the supposed Devonian Granitic axis from Cape Canso through Guysboro’ Co., Halifax Co., Lunenburg, and Shelburne, Annapolis, &c. PHOTOGRAPHS. There were also exhibited 21 beautiful photographs from well- selected positions, illustrating the geology of the ‘“‘ Upper Arisaig Series ” and the succeeding Lower Carboniferous Formation, as ex- posed in sections on the shore on either side of the Antigonish and Pictou County line, ¢. e. from Doctor’s Brook to Mill Brook. These 2 258 NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. s were photographed by Mr. Thomas Weston, of the Geological Survey. ADDENDA. ~ Geological Gleanings from the Economics. 1. Laurentian. * Syenite from George’s Mountain, C. B. Exhibitor—James McQuarrie. Syenite from Campbelltown, C.B. Fghibior ene J. Campbell. Marble-- polished ; white and mottled, from Marble Mountain, C.B.. Exhibitor—J. Silver. Green Breccia, polished; from Scatarie Tela near Louis- beurg, C.B. 2. Cambrian. Block of Gneiss (Ironstone) from Halifax. Auriferous Quartz collection. Honorable Robert Robertson, exhibitor, 3. Lower Silurian? Blocks of Granite. Halifax—Shelburne. Lower Silurian. Tron Ore from Whycocomah, C. B.; Red Hematite, East Bay, C.B.; Calchopyrite, Copper Ore, Polson’s Lake. W. Ross, exhibitor. Calchopyrite, Hon Lochaber Lake, N.S. James Hudson, exhibitor, Middle Silurian. Fossiliferous Iron Ore, Blanchard, East River, Pictou, N.S. Crawford and Gilpin, exhibitors. Fossils Athyris in this ore, characteristic of the Mayhill sandstone, Salter or Medina sandstone, U. S., have led me to regard the bed as lower than Clinton; but as this member of the ‘* Upper Arisaig Series,” at Arisaig, and other localities, has only a thickness of 250 feet, I am disposed to regard the bed as lying in the Clinton and to regard the athyris as ranging higher than A of the Upper Arisaig Series. Limonite, East River, Pictou; Specular Iron Ore, East River, Pictou. Exhibitors—Crawford and Gilpin. NOVA SCOTIAN GEOLOGY—HONEYMAN. 259 These Pictou ores seem all to be confined to the Clinton. Vide Transactions of Institute. MIDDLE AND UPPER SILURIAN. Brown Hematite, Londonderry Mines, N. S. Red Hematite, 66 &< Specular Ore, 66 &e Yellow Ochre, ‘“ “ Ankerite, ‘6 és Exhibitors—Steel Company of Canada. The Strata containing these ores belong to the ‘* Upper Arisaig Series,” but do not seem to contain fossils. They may therefore be either Middle or Upper Silurian. Limonite, Brookfield, N.S. Exhibitors—Advisory Board of Nova Scotia. Devonian ? Tron Ores, Cleveland Mountain, Annapolis, N. 8. Exhibitors —Stearns and Page. 5). Carboniferous. Gold in carb. conglomerate on slate, from Gay’s River. Ex- hibitor—H. §S. Poole. Building Stones. Exhibitors—Advisory Board. Grindstones and Whetstones. Exhibitors—Seaman & Co. Gypsums. Exhibitors—Advisory Board. Limestone. Blocks of Coal. Nova Scotia and Cape Breton. Pyrolusite. Manganese Ore, Tennycape, N. 8S. Spathic Iron Ore, Sutherland’s River, N. S. The Manganese ore is from Lower Carboniferous Limestone. It. occurs in large pockets, masses and noduies in the Limestone. Triassic ? Magnetic Iron Ore. Exhibitor—D. Chipman. This occurs in the Triassic trap at Five Islands, Bicm='on. North Mountain, Digby. _ It contains Amethystine veins, Jasper, &c. In the minera- logical collection exhibited by H. S. Poole, Esq., were specimens 260 INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. of native copper, which also occurs in veins in the same trap rocks. These metallic deposits have not been found to be of economic importance. ‘The trap of this Formation is celebrated on account of its cabinet minerals. Every museum of importance in the United States has specimens of the trap minerals of Nova Scotia. Art. ]V.—Inptans oF Nova Scotia. By J. Bernarp GILPIN, BD. A:, M. DMR. CS. (Read 12th March, 1877.) I waVE thought it desirable to put upon record in the Transactions of the Natural History Society, all the facts I could obtain, either personally or from. old and living authors, concerning our native Indians. The time is rapidly passing,—indeed, has now passed, for such a purpose. I may not produce any thing new; but if 1 only put old things, scattered in many books, manuscripts, or in traditions, into one record, I shall have done as much as I expected to do. The books I have had access to, by the kindness of my friend, Dr. Akins, have been early copies of Cartier, Champlain, ‘and LesCarbot, and Charlevois,—all eye-witnesses, except the last. I have also had access to all the manuscript documents belonging ‘to the Record Commission of Nova Scotia, from seventeen hundred ‘and twenty-four, nearly to our present time, including the Indian book of the late Hon. Joseph Howe. ‘These, with occasional ‘pamphlets issued from time to time, my own personal recollections, ‘traditions, and Murdock’s History of Nova Scotia, are the sources from which I have drawn. ‘This latter gentleman has drawn largely from ‘‘ Relations of the Jesuits, Quebec.” Our first exact account of the Indians of Nova Scotia is found jin Les Carbot, 1609. Earlier mention is made of them, however, gn Jacques Cartier, whose first voyages were in 1534. We find that as early as the sixteenth century the shores of Nova Scotia “were frequented by fishermen of various nations, and in greater INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. — 261 numbers than is usually supposed. Baron de Lery visited Sable Island as early as 1518. Savelet in 1604, had made forty voyages from France; a voyage and home being then about one year. Thus, when Les Carbot gives us his minute descriptions, from two to three generations must have passed since the Iron age had com- menced its operations on the races of the Stone period, Iron knives and axes, the steel and flint, with its great powers of carry- ing fire everywhere, and coarse potteries and beads, must have begun already to modify their habits. The ancient arrow-maker must have ceased his art; the son must have used an axe foreign to his father, and the squaw to ornament her skins with French beads instead of small shells. The first name by which they were called by the French is Souriquois or Sourique. This name seems almost identical with Irequvis, Arromouchequois and Algonquin. It is probable the Mic-Maes, as we now call them, were a set-off from the great Algonquin race, who extend from Canada to the extreme West; but set off for so long a period of time as to lose a common dialect. Whilst our Indians from the earliest date used the language common to Canada, they could not understand the Armouchiquois, or those who lived in what is now called New Hampshire and Massachusetts. In the year sixteen hundred and nine, the French living at Port Royal, Nova Scotia, estimated their numbers between three and four thousand souls. ‘This included Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island. ‘This, by the usual calcu- lations, would make between five and six hundred adult or fighting men. They were clothed in skins of bear, otter, beaver and fox, and the larger skins of elk and deer. They had learned the art of softening and taking the hair off the larger ones. In Summer their clothing was a girdle around their waists, on which was fixed a skin that went betwixt the legs, and was attached again to the girdle behind. A cloak of skins was hung around the neck, with a Joose cape hanging back from the shoulder. Usually the right arm was exposed. In winter they made sleeves of beaver skins, tied at the back, and long hose of the same, tied to the girdle around the loins, and their feet were covered ‘with a buskin of untanned leather drawn into plaits in front, the present mocasin. The women 262 INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. wore the same dress, with the exception of a tight girdle around the cloak. In camp the men wore nothing but the waist leather. They had no covering for their heads, using the loose cape of their cloaks as shelter in winter. The hair was worn long, cut short in front and sometimes trussed on the top or behind by a feather or pin. For ornaments they seem to neither have been painted or tatooed, but to have made strings of black wooden keads and pieces of white shells. The quills of the porcupine were also dyed with bright colours and formed into platsand squares. The men cared but little about these things, but they wore knives at their breasts. ‘These people, thus clothed, lived in movable wigwams, a conical tent made of birch bark fastened around poles tied at the top, and at the bottom encircling an area of about twelve feet diameter. During summer they pitched them at the sea side or on the lake borders ; in winter they retired to the forest. In the short summer they lived upon fish, and during the long winter when the fish had retired from the shore, they hunted the elk and reindeer. They, when at war and expecting anattack made a pallisaded fort, by taking a square of living trees, thickening up the spaces with poles and brushwood and leaving but one place of entrance, and building their camps or wig- wams within it, thus contriving a rude fortification. In a print of the period from Champlain, of the pallisaded forts in Canada, the structure is much more: elaborate, and built of hewn timber, but LesCarbot distinctly asserts that our Indians never felled trees, not even for fire wood. The few household utensils they possessed were of wood, stone and horn, or bone. They had pots of a very coarse baked pottery, and stone axes and mallets, knives and gouges. Deers’ horn and bone were also used, and from a recent deposit at Lunenburg we find copper knife blades and needles made from the native copper of the Bay of Fundy, hammered into shape. They also had the beautiful racquet or snow shoe, that has come down to us unaltered. These simple utensils, with their skins and furs and the boat, or canoe, that transported them from sea coast to lake side, formed all their wealth. They had already acquired the habit of smoking, and though they did carve their pipes sometimes into forms of animals, yet the usual pipe was a stone hollowed at one af INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. 2638 end into a pan, into which they stuck a quill or hollow reed. In their wars they used clubs, bows and arrows, and shields, and lances or spears headed with stone. ‘These wars were carried on with much forethought and energy. Membertou, the old Sagamos, at Port Royal, brought men from Miramichi and St. John’s river, and made a rendezvous with his own from Nova Scotia, at Grand Manan, be- fore attacking the tribes that resided in what is now called Massa- chusetts. They brought home the heads of their enemies, which they enbalmed and hung them about their necks in triumph, but there is no mention made of scalping. As they had no letters they could have had no laws, save tradi- tions. The Sagamos usually settled all disputes. A man of many friends was unmolested, for he had many to avenge him, but a slave or a prisoner with no friends fared badly. Polygamy was allowed rather than practiced, and though they had little regard for chastity yet there seems to have been no jealousy among them. Their care for their parents, fondness for their children and general hospitality must make all amends. | As regards religion, an obscure belief in some future state waS their only creed, some Medicine men their only priests. And now we can form some idea of these men of the stone period as they were about insensibly to fall beneath the iron age. A well fed, light footed, clay-red race, with beardless face and shock of black hair, fish and flesh eaters, reaping no harvest save from forest and sea, having neither letters or laws or settled habitations, yet either in ° friendship or war having relations five hundred miles at least with their neighbors on either side. This is not an unpleasant picture of man in his stone period. With no laws but those of superior strength, they got on very fairly in their social relations. With no church or religion they were hos- pitable to their neighbors, kind to their wives and children, and very careful of the old, ‘+ One thing I will say,” says- Mark LesCarbot, ‘that belongeth to fatherly piety, that the children are not so cursed as to despise their parents in old age, but do provide for them with venison.” But it strikes one through all these narratives that life was hard to keep up. The severity of the climate, the long 264 INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. winter for which they could make no provision, and their inability to cultivate the soil, always kept their numbers few. They made no accumulations, and have left no records of the past save a few stone weapons and shell mounds. Further south where a sunnier sky brought forth the maize and the bean, there the same race grew in numbers and strength, and became so powerful as to repel the Frenchmen who themselves would gladly have made their settlements to the southward of Nova Scotia. This ends the first stage, the stone period, or prehistoric age of our Mic-Mac. About two hundred and seventy years ago, or the ‘beginning of the seventeenth century, the age of Iron came down upon them. ‘They came under the influences of the French, who held them for one hundred years, and whose kind and mild Govern- ment may be called their French age. During this period they must insensibly have cast off their coats of skin and clothed them- selves in woollen clothes. They ceased to war with themselves, they pointed their weapons with iron instead of stone, or exchanged them for muskets, but they still remained living in wigwams, wandering from seato forest, and generally connecting themselves with the French fishing stations and ports, where they bartered skins and furs for bread and tobacco, and other things which they were fast learning to call the necessaries of life We have no records of this period, but from incidental remarks from time to time of various writers, we learn that the kind rela- tions existing from the first betwixt them and their masters, never altered. When a female prisoner stole from the Sagamos, Membertou, an axe and tinder box to facilitate the escape of another captive, she was condemned to die. The women of the tribe led her to the forest ‘and there killed her, the king’s daughter, a comely maiden, striking the first blow. The French officers, to show their disgust, ever afterwards refused her as a partner at the dance. This anecdote shows the iron age as a reformer, yet something may be said for the stone, where men would not kill women. They may be said to have accepted the Christian faith rather than to have been converted. They had no faith to turn from. The Fathers of th Reecollet and INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. 265 the Jesuits vied with each other in teaching the doctrine of the Roman Catholic Church. On St. John’s Day, June 24, 1610, twenty-four or five of the Indians were baptized at Port Royal, among whom was Membertou, then one hundred years old,—his great namesake, Henry of Navarre, having fallen but a few weeks before under the assassin’s blow. ‘To the present day they have been faithful to that church whose simple dogmatic teaching and splendid exterior so well supplies their religious wants. Of such importance was this event considered, that a special messenger was sent to France to announce it; and again we meet with a royal letter of the great Louis XIV.’s, enjoining upon the governor, their religious care. Baron de la Honton, 1696, says (Murdock): ‘‘ The French neglect nothing to secure the Indians, giving some notable men pay as a lieutenant or ensign, and giving them rewards for mischief to the English, or to the Indians in the English interest, paying them for scalps, sending the Canadian youth with them, or giving them commissions,—taking Indians to Europe to show them the glories of the French Court and armies. There are now at Ver- sailles six Sagamos from Canada, Hudson’s Bay, and Nova Scotia.” Thus, kindly and gently the French held our Mic-Maces for one hundred years. In seventeen hundred and ten, Soubercase, the French Governor at Port Royal, now Annapolis, surrendered it and all Acadie to the English, From that date French government ceased, as regards our Mic-Macs, from amongst them. ‘The cruel Indian wars that had been raging for more than fifty years so near them, and so cruel, that it has been said that there was no man of forty but had seen twenty years service on the borders of New England, was now to set in upon Nova Scotia. After the conquest of Nova Scotia, the English Governors held but feeble sway at Annapolis, and their out-ports at LaHave, Horton, and Canseau. The neutral French played into the hands of the openly hostile Indian, and they were both influenced by the French Governor of Quebec. ‘The lives of the English governors seem to have been perpetually harrassed by the Indians, who were 266 INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. excited to their acts by emissaries, chiefly from Quebec. M. Gaulin, missionary, (letter from Placentia, 5th September, 1711, Murdock), boasts, ‘* To take away all hope of an accommodation, he induced the savages to made incursions upon the English.” During this same year an ambuscade of Indians destroyed the whole force of eighty men, killing outright thirty men, the fort- major and engineer, and making the rest prisoners. ‘This happened twelve miles up river from the fort, and so encouraged Gaulin that he immediately invested the fort (Port Royal) so closely that the garrison could not appear upon the ramparts. This garrison is said — to have lost in seven months, by sickness and sorties, three hundred and fifty men. Surprisals also were made by the Indians on fishing vessels and fishermen on the sea coast,—at Yarmouth, at LaHave, and at Canseau. Few people now imagine the terror of their name at that date, or fancy that a few scattered savages could do so much mischief. ‘‘ Queen Anne may have the meadows, but we have the forest, from which nothing can drive us,” was their open boast, as well as the reason of this power. Their inroads seem to have been made from with varying frequency, from seventeen hundred and ten to seventeen hundred and sixty-one. They languished for awhile; but when it was seen by the French that England, by the founding of Halifax, was in earnest in settling the Province, they seem to have increased. Annapolis was again invested by the Indians, and a sergeant and two men killed. Another missionary, not Gaulin, but Laloutte, the darkest figure of the many dark men that vexed the times, boldly led the assault of his French and Indians, against the crumbling walls of old Port Royal, then defended by the veteran Mascarene. Unsuccessful, stained by the murder of Captain Howe, denounced by the French officers, and by his superior, the Bishop of Quebec, he disappeared from the scene, tradition says, to die a life-prisoner in an English fortress.* *It must be confessed as a strange irony of the times, that the grand wars of the French were fought over in the pine forests of Nova Scotia between Huguenot and Catholic. Whilst Gaulin and the Jesuit Laloutte led on their petty tribe of savages, the Huguenot Mascarene stayed up his ragged soldiery. This gentleman, banished by the revocation of the edict of Nantz whilst yet a child, from France, found himself INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. 267 Dartmouth was also assaulted, and murders and robberies com- mitted at Windsor and other parts. The Governors were of late in the habit of taking hostages for their good behaviour, which kept them quiet for some time. One of these poor fellows, who had been a hostage for two years about the fort, was shot and scalped by an order in council, amongst whose members sat that merciful officer, Major Mascarene. This cruel anecdote shows strongly the dread and fear these Mic-Macs must have caused in those times, as well as their power. Haliburton says of these times: ‘‘ The number and ferocity of the Indians, and the predatory habits in which they indulged, rendered them objects of great attention and concern to the local government.” In seventeen hundred and sixty one a formal treaty of peace with the Indians was signed at Halifax, and the hatchet buried. Quebec having already fallen, the Treaty of Paris (seventeen hundred and sixty-three), crushed for ever these bloody scenes. In looking over the manuscript documents relating to the Indians, now in the Record Office, we find the several treaties at Casco, Maine, at Halifax, and again at Halifax, with one Francis Mius, who held the chieftdom of LaHave, under brevet of Chevalier Duguesnol, Governor of Cape Breton. In these the Indians are treated as powerful bodies, presents are made and hostages exacted. A few years pass, and treaties change to humble petitions. They are beggars now,—wandering families, and the principal papers are certified accounts of powder, shot, tea, tobacco, pipes, blankets and meal, supplied them by government, from time to time. In eighteen hundred and one, in reply to a committee of the House of Assembly, a return of their number was sent in as eight hundred and fifty. These returns are incomplete, not including Cape Breton, Yarmouth, and Annapolis. These manuscripts are a soldier of fortune and Captain of Grenadiers in a New Hampshire regiment, enter- ing, as he himself says, Port Royal at the breach. His after command of that place shows him a fair match to his enemies, in courtesy, in courage, and craft, and in good French. Now nearly taking off Laloutte’s head by a lucky cannon shot: now allow- ing provision to be sent to the starving garrison at Louisbourg, (he had had a butt of claret from old Dugnesnol), and then answering the Archbishop of Quebec in French as fair as his own. 268 INDIANS OF NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. varied by the different writers’ remarks. Edward Irish, Dorchester, says: ‘* In getting new blankets, they made breeches and stockings by cutting up the old ones.” This fact was verified by Charles Glode, about eighteen hundred and thirty-three, using strips of blanket for stockings, when in the woods with myself. G. Oxley, Cumberland, says: ‘‘I knew no heads of families addicted to drunkenness to any remarkable degree, nor any but will be drunk when opportunity affords.” This truthful remark remains good yet. Joseph Marshall, Guysborough, says: ‘* Very little in their huts to subsist on, and as little on their persons to shelter them.” The government had spent £550 in one year upon them; but two years afterwards we find them curtailing their grants “to the young Indians roaming to Quebec, when hard-working white men at Halifax were supporting families at three or four shillings a day.” In eighteen hundred and seven, the year of the Chesapeake, American frigate taken by the Leopard in time of peace, on an alarm of an American invasion, these wandering beggars were again the objects of alarm. The Province was divided into twelve Indian districts. Mr. Monk, afterwards Justice Monk, was appointed Chief Indian Com- missioner, who communicates to the twelve deputies, whom he hopes will give gratuitous information “in the hour of alarm.” He had also the power to send confidential agents or spies to live among the Indians. In Judge Monk’s report to government, he places the fighting men at between three and four hundred, says there is much war talk among them; that deputations had been sent to Canada, and that American agents were making great war talk about them; that generally the feeling was neutral; that they would wait to join the strongest party; except the Indians of Pictou, who would accept nothing from government, but would scalp all the pale-faces in two nights; and those of Sable River, who had assembled in large numbers, had menaced the Shelburne Indians, and insolently retused to explain their meetings; that in Cumberland they would fight for King George, and that in Cape Breton the feeling was similar with Nova Scotia. He also suggests that the twelve districts should —s =... FF INDIANS IN NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. 269 choose a chief who would communicate with the government, and that the influence of the Catholic clergy, who were very well disposed, should be sought. These various papers, all much decayed, and many dirty and pocket-worn, are endorsed by Governors Wentworth, Prevost, and Sherbroke. The strong, bold hand-writing of the latter, with the initials J. C. S., are very characteristic. Louis Toney and Peter Maurice, to their honor be it told, offer to fight for King George. This petition is dated eighteen hundred and twelve. From memoranda of Sir John Sherbroke, we gather that they were never called into service. He orders them to be clothed, but arms and rations are nowhere to be issued. ‘There are persons still living who remember seeing two hundred in one body at Shuben- acadie at that time, and Indians not long dead who boasted of being captains then. To us in the nineteenth century, their being cause of alarm seems more strange than their ingratitude, after being fed for one hundred years. Petitions for grants of land now appear. Reserves of one thousand acres in various parts of the Province and in Cape Breton were surveyed. The Francis Xavier settle- ment at Bear River, Annapolis, seems to have been the most success- ful, under the joint care of Mr. Justice Wiswell and the Abbe Segoigne, in eighteen hundred and thirty-one. There are -several letters of this excellent gentleman preserved. In eighteen hundred and forty-two a commission was issued by the Lieutenant-Governor, Lord Falkland, appointing the Hon. Joseph Howe, Indian Commissioner; and from his report, dated eighteen hundred and forty-two, we learn their numbers at that time to have been fourteen hundred and twenty-five. Mr. Howe, from statistics received, says the numbers at Pictou in seventeen hundred and ninety-eight, were eight hundred, and calculates their decrease by it; but Mortimer’s list to House of Assembly for eighteen hundred, makes them only one hundred and thirty-six. Mr. Howe’s book contains his own report, a separate plan of each reserve of land for the Indians, being in Nova Scotia proper, ten thousand and fifty acres, and in Cape Breton, twelve thousand; numerous letters from various individuals, and ends in 270 INDIANS IN NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. eighteen hundred and forty-two. He seems to have entered into the work with his characteristic force and with personal observation. Here ends the records; but doubtless there are other papers between this date and the confederation of the Dominion, at which time Indian affairs were handed over to it, still in the public offices. My first knowledge of the Indians began in eighteen hundred and thirty-one. At that period they all lived in neat birch-bark wigwams,—a house was a very rare exception; and they all, both women and men, were clothed in coarse blue cloth. The men in blue frocks with scarlet edges upon the shoulders and on the arms. A scarlet or gay-colored sash bound this to their waist, at the back of which hung a tobacco pouch of moose skin. They wore also knee- breeches and long gaiters of the same blue, with the selvage edge left long, and ornamented with scarlet. The stocking was a long roller of blanket, wound from the toe to the knee. A _ large silver brooch of the size of a large watch, usually held the frock at the neck; and the foot was covered by an untanned mocassin. The hair was worn very long. A beaver hat on great occasions, but usually a straw hat or red cap surmounted a huge mass of unkempt locks. The women wore a high-pointed cap of blue cloth, often orna- mented with scarlet cloth and. white beads; a short gown and petticoat reaching to the knee, with a gaiter trowser, and the selvage left loose to the ancle. In cold weather a blanket was worn over the head, and always brought square across the back. This pleasing dress, in which we recognize the hunting frock of all North America, whether it be the deer-skin shirt and leggins, with their fringes of the far west Indians, or the frock of the old continental rifleman, we infer was their habit from the time the ecased to wear skins. ‘The continual mention of coarse scarlet and blue serges by the French, the bales of blue cloth in the English treaties, and the bills of the same furnished to them by government in our own times, are ample proof. The gaiter is the old housen of Les Carbot with its uncut fringe, and the scarlet epaulet or wing the ‘“ Matachias” of the ent INDIANS IN NOVA SCOTIA—GILPIN. ate same author; or-ornaments of quills, where the ‘good beaver slieves”’ goeth into the cloak of skin. In ‘‘ The Frontier Missionary”’ we have a graphic sketch of the Indian of his day, 1779, at Halifax: “ He had many Indians in his train,” speaking of Lieutenant-Governor Franklin, ‘arrayed in all their tinsel finery, amongst whom was a Sachem, who wore a long blue coat adorned by a scarlet cape and bound closely about his loins by a girdle.” This is proof of his dress one hundred years ago. In 1831, when I first made acquaintance with them, this blue hunting frock, scarlet epaulef, and gaudy girdle, and long gaiter for the men, with blue pointed cap, short petticoat, and gaiter, with blanket always worn square on the back, for the women, was their universal wear. Les Carbot says expressly, the skin cloak was worn square, so they have adhered to this form through skin and serge and two hundred and fifty years. I have now brought the Mic-Mac from his Stone or pre-historic age, his French age, and his English age, to our own times, and it remains to give his present condition. Estimated in early French times at about between three and four thousand souls, and that including Prince Edward’s, we find them at the next authentic record (Judge Monk’s return, 1808) as from three hundred and fifty to four hundred fighting men. This would make about two thousand souls, making a decrease of something more than fifteen hundred in two hundred years. In 1842, Mr. Howe returns them at fourteen hundred and twenty-five. The last census makes them : Petal -.. /5/ Gein. Pere AGO SMOUIMET.) 46 3/6ey. a and groping somewhat in the dark, my specimen is not so perfect as it might otherwise have been. Examining the throat of the animal> the cist of Mr. Hutchins, ‘‘ with an opening through the skin,” does not exist, but immediately under the skin there was a roundish sub-triangular cyst or valve of cellular membrane ‘‘ of the bigness of a crown-piece,” and on cutting through the cellular membrane this valve is found to be a closed sac, with a peculiar lining mem- brane, and closely packed with what may be called loose hairs of a flaxen colour in a considerable quantity of sebaceous matter ; at the same time, however, the lining membrane is covered with hair of the same quality, apparently growing from, and rather lightly attached to the lining membrane. Camper, in the account of his dissection, just read, has described the valve, as if it were the sac, and his drawing, a copy of which is before you, gives only the valve, as may be seen by examining the larynx of the animal obtained by me, or more conyeniently the drawing of it, kindly made for this 284 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOO. occasion by Dr. Gilpin. The muscles which Camper describes as connecting the sac with the ‘‘ os hyoides,” and which he considers peculiar to this organ, in my specimen do not exist, but their repre- sentatives are probably the muscles found in the larynx of the young buck by Dr. Sommers, as will later appear. The valve is connected with the omo-hyoid muscles as they pass towards their insertion in the hyoid bone. The valve which Camper has evident- ly taken to be the-sac, lies ouiside of the mucous sac, but is incor- porated with its anterior walls ; the inner wall of the true sac sur- rounds and is attached to the larnyx, extending longitudinally from the hyoid bone to the base of the thyroid cartilage, but from the imperfect state of the specimen already referred to, I cannot say how much further it extended; and until a more perfect one is obtained, can only call the whole an organ of voice. The slit or ‘¢ orifice,” as Camper calls it, exists as he has described, but it opens into the laryngeal sac which lies above the valve, that is next the larynx, as already shown. The dimensions of the larynx, after having been some time in spirits, are as follows :— Length of larynx from base of epiglottis to base of thyroid cartilage eeees eeee eeseeeee#ee 8 s* eeeesee8e eeeeests 5 in. Circumference of do eeeecee eeeoeeee eeeeseeeseteerteseeaesese eee @ ee ] af in. Inside diameter of larynx..... «0b 5 ethan eye eee al x The age of the reindeer, which Camper dissected, he says was ‘‘ four years,” but ‘it had not attained all its growth ;” again he says, “if we admit that this reindeer had not attained its full growth,” and still further, <‘I cannot determine anything respect- ing the length of the life of the reindeer, save that it ought to reach the age of sixteen years, because it takes four years to attain all its growth, although, however, the epiphyses continue even some time after.” He seems by this to have been in doubt as to the age of the animal, or whether it was fully grown, and it is therefore possible that the sac was not perfectly developed. The muscles | described by him, taken in connection with those found in the young buck, make this very probable. For further comparison MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOO, 285 we therefore require a buck somewhat younger than that from which the larynx shown to you was obtained. Wishing to obtain a more perfect specimen of the larynx of an adult buck,—during the past winter I have made every exertion to obtain one but without success,—a small buck was sent to me from Cumberland, which was dissected on the 27th January by Dr. Sommers, Dr. Gilpin, and myself, some of its dimensions were, say of Buck Calf 8 months old :— Length from tip of ndse to tail. ...0... e000 -- 0004 ft. 5 in. Riprerere ATL wiayeisiecs 2s's ssa lehst c's Canto loeb cc ered 5 in. Tip of nose to centre of ears..... Ree Pee Grtuenic« Pie fim SCG RAMUS te a ee about 3 ft Lal hE - eebhGe ee pag aes ee aan Pare hae I 11 x 54 in, Weisht of liver. .:.<....... “eG rocoance eter oreiehereene 2 Ib. 6 oz. Heart, 6 x 6, somewhat flattened, weight..........1 lb. 1 oz. Weight of lungs only.. ccee Seoec A bade c 1 Ib. 6 oz. Total weight of animal, ee oo liver, lungs and kidneys, skin, and all except entrails..... 83 lbs. A female calf, and an adult doe certainly not less than 6 vears old, were put at my disposal by Mr. T. J. Egan, and dis- sected February 19th. Of this calf the measurements were not made, but those of the doe were as follows :— Length from end of nose to base of horns....... «lh ft.. 1. ink Length base of horns to line of rump...... we ele 4nfte El ane Height at the shoulder .......... e ctale oes = ret stars 3 ft. 10 in. Girth behind the shoulder...... depal dja tejepeel Wer ned 5 ft. 10 in. Length of trachea to bifurcation...... .+.+.-+-.--d ft. 8 in. Length of larynx...... 200. Ge deecen gocce « 8 in. Diameter of larynx... cceecie. oie sliciecct geste orohapee el ane 24 in. do. ERAERGAg jeclel-fale ane it sai seteceyente 2 in de: ‘atobifimwcations: (cae. ajo. ei omereniere ase 2 in Weight of lungs, including trachea........+e00-. 44 lbs. Mewmrth: of right Hameo .iclc: aioialeleiese's » siete ardielaiefain's 1 ft. 2.in. Greatest breadth of right lung.......... Beret oce 8 in Peneihiot leit ung scsi eweciee + ose s cele aes Weft, Lig. 286 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOO. Greatest breadth of left lung................ ae 7 in. Ricur Lune.—3 lobes. Upper lobe deeply cleft, with a small lappet between it and the middle lobe. The upper and middle lobes were quite distinct. The lower lobe had a large lappet nearly as large as the middle lobe. Lerr Lune.—2 lobes. Upper lobe deeply cleft, giving it the appearance of two lobes. The lower lobe was quite distinct from the upper. Weight ot the sheart,-.'.. . Ginter 448 Gee ee 24 lbs. Length ‘of ‘the’ Beart®..... 22222. 22 ee 8 in. Circumference of the heart .. ..2-2 22eee eee (ft. 24 in. Of these three Caribou, Dr. Sommers has given me his notes as follows :— «‘ The dissection of the young Caribou provided by you, for the purpose of determining the anatomical structure and relations of the laryngeal sac, described by Camper, as existing in the Reindeer, together with subsequent examinations of the same parts in a female calf and an adult doe are recorded below for your information. ‘sist. Larynx, &e. Body of the hyoid bone, horse shoe shaped, flattened laterally having an equal width from middle to the cornua, which have a narrow termination, the representatives of the corniculi in man being greatly developed ; they pass upwards and backwards, measuring each over four inches in length, articula- ting by cartilage with the upper border of the body near its median line, separated, however, by an interval of about one-fourth of an inch, each consists of three pieces with cartilaginous connections, the united whole having the shape of a diminished human clavicle, its acromial end being more curved and attached forward. The larynx measured in front 24 inches; behind, from upper border of arytenoid to lower border of cricoid cartilages, 24 inches in length—circumference external 64 inches; internal diameter nearly 2 inches ; the inferior or true vocal cords and ventriculi laryngi appeared faintly marked, for though visible when the larynx was entire, they disappeared when the organ was laid open, its inner face presenting an even surface from thyroid cartilage to sacculi above. MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOO. 287 ‘¢ At the notch formed in the upper border of the thyroid carti- lage, by the junction of its Ale, is found a pit or depression forward of the mucous membrane which lines it. Viewed in posi- tion, it would be taken for an opening leading into the thyro-hyoid space, and seems large enough to admit an ordinary lead pencil; a probe introduced here found a very shallow depression scarcely one-fourth of an inch in depth; this appearance was obliterated when the walls of the organ were stretched apart after section, but returned when the parts were allowed to resume their usual rela- tions to each other. It is therefore a slight hernia or depression forward of the respiratory mucous membrane into the thyro-hyoid space ; the thyro-hyoid membrane which forms here, the outer wall of the respiratory passage, is thin and lax; when the point of the little finger is forced into the depression it produces a sacculus, the walls of which will consist of mucous membrane internally, and the thyro-hyoid membrane externally, it finds here also, opposite the depression and partly filling the space, a flattened rounded oblong body about the size of a small horse bean; dissecting the areolar tissue, covering it in front, this body is seen external to and resting upon the thyro-hyoid membrane, its upper border connected with the base of the epiglottis is provided with a thin fibrous coat, and when cut into, presents to the eye a coarse granular structure. ‘«* Arising apparently from the base of the epiglottis on either side ‘possibly continuous with the thyro-epiglottidean and aryteno- epiglottidean muscles,’ are two bands of muscular fibres, they pass over this body on either side, being connected with it by fibrous adhesions ; extending forwards, they unite at its upper border, forming a single muscular band, which becomes inserted into the upper and inner edge of the hyoid bone; these fibres have no analogues in man. ‘« A microscopic examination of the structure forming this body, shows it to consist mostly of fatty tissue, with a moderate propor- tion of granular cells, apparently epithelial. «The examination of the organ in an adult female, and female fawn, presents essentially the same anatomical peculiarities as given above; but the pit at the laryngeal notch is deeper in the ? 288 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOO, doe than in either of the young animals, it not being obliterated when the parts are stretched. The vocal cords and ventricles are also much more developed; but the body described above is absent from the doe, and very rudimentary in the female fawn. «On a consideration of the facts reconded, we must concludethat the organ described in part by Camper is peculiar to the adult male caribou, the specimen in your possession standing in proof. My dissections given above show that the organ exists in the immature male in a rudimentary form; but having all the parts necessary to its full development, present, we must conclude, that such develop- ment will advance with its growth. In both adult and immature females it is still more rudimentary, as the body which forms the valve in the adult male was not present in the doe, and was evidently atrophying in the fawn (female) .” From the above description of the larynx of the young male, together with that which I have pointed out in the adult, it would appear that by some unaccountable oversight, Camper in his account has only described the valve, passing over without obser- vation, the true sac; but he points out that the female reindeer is without the organ above described ; and also that it is not present in the male fallow deer; and from the specimen now exhibited, you will also perceive that it is absent in the Virginia deer. In this specimen you will notice the almost. bony hardness of the thyroid cartilage. I need hardly point out to you that the measurements of the two adult animals show that they were very fine specimens; but I may draw your attention to the size of the hearts and lungs, as well as mention that the windpipe in all four was very large, and that Camper has noticed this to be the case in his reindeer. Inside of the hock of the Caribou, you will observe that there is a patch of hair of a lighter color and somewhat longer than that which covers the skin in its immediate neighborhood, and that the skin under this patch is slightly thicker than that immediately round it. This spot is usually called a ‘‘ gland,” whether it is strictly so, I cannot say; but at all events it is caused by an enlargement of the hair follicles, has a very strong smell, which MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 289 you will immediately notice, and in the Caribou is ascent ‘gland.” The matter producing this scent is of an entirely different character from that coritained in the tubes. It appears to be a highly vola- tile oil, and resists salt for a long time after the surrounding skin has been thoroughly saturated, and when dry collects on the outside of the skin in the form of very small yellow waxy scales, such as would be left by minute portions of varnish. Although I did not see the animal use this so called ‘‘ gland,” yet my Indian who hunted with me in December saw a doe Caribou use it in this way ; when she had finished urinating (she squats in the act almost exactly like a sheep), she rubbed these ‘‘ glands” together, leaving true scent behind her for a short distance. When ‘‘creeping” moose or Caribou, it has been often a subject of enquiry with me why it was that beside the smell of the fresh urine, there floated above it as it were, and for some distance in advance, the true scent of the animal; and for myself, I have very little doubt but that this is one way at least in which these “glands” are used, and in confirmation, it may be mentioned that the dogs at one time openly used for hunting moose, did not often take the scent of that animal from the snow over which it had just passed, but stood upon their hind legs and tock it, as if it had been rubbed from the “ glands,” as described. ‘This point is merely mentioned in the hope that some gentleman present may be able to throw some light upon it, or keep it in mind when an opportunity offers for observations confirmatory or otherwise. If you will look a little further down, hist is, nearer the hoof, on the skins now before you, you will perceive on each leg just on the outside of the hinder part of the skin at the hair parting, a second “gland ;” it is, perhaps, more “typical,” than developed. You will notice that it has no smell, nor had it while the animal was warm. Professor Baird (Mammals of North America, page 633, U.S., P. R. R. Exp. and Surveys General Report), in his diagnosis taken from Gray’s ‘* Inowsley Menagerie,” says: ‘* The external metatarsal gland is above the middle of the leg.” For this gland our President, Mr. T. J. Egan, and I had vainly sought 5 ® 290 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. for some years, in answer to enquiries made by an American naturalist, the Honorable Judge Caton, of Ottawa, Ill.; and this is the first one we have ever seen, and my Indian, to whom I point- ed it out, immediately after the buck was shot, told me that he had never before seen it. It may be taken as a mark of adult age, and will not probably be found on any Caribou under the age, perhaps, of six years. This gland was 4 inches above the insertion of the dew claws, and 102 inches below the centre of the hock “gland.” You will also see it on the leg of the old doe, but not - so perfectly marked, perhaps owing to the lighter colour of the hair which surrounds it,—the doe having been killed in February, the buck in December. , It may not be out of place to mention that the buck Caribou, as well as the moose, often voids its urine while on the march, as the ox may be seen to do. The tubes in the feet of the Caribou are another point to which your attention is directed, and which first attracted the notice of Dr. Gilpin, from inquiries made respecting them by the American naturalist already named. Dr. Gilpin and others, including myself, thought that they were only to be found in the hind feet of this animal, and the discovery of them in the fore feet is due entirely to Dr. Sommers. In Camper’s description of the reindeer, made in 1771, (vol. I. page 347, Paris, 1803) he says, speaking of these tubes: ‘‘ In addition to the peculiarities of the reindeer, of which I have just spoken, I have discovered besides something very singular in the hind feet of this animal; that is to say, a deep sheath between the skin at the place where the dew claws are united together, of the size of the barrel of a quill, running deeply as far as the point where these dew claws are articulated with the bone of the meta_ tarsus. These tubes were filled internally with long hairs, anda yellow oleagenous matter proceeded from them, the odour of which was not very agreeable. ‘*T have not found these tubes in the forefeet. It was not possible for me to discover the use of them, inasmuch as the heat of the summer obliged me to remove the flesh quickly from the MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 291 skeleton ;” and a little further on he says that in the feet of a rein- deer, sent him in 1777, he did net find the tube in the hind foot, but one very apparent in the fore foot; and in another, sent him in 1778, the tubes were in the hind feet, but none in the fore feet, ‘‘ so that I am not able to determine anything very exactly on this subject.” In the skin of one of the hind legs of the old buck, just above the coronet, you will see the tube, the bones having been removed for the purpose. The tube of the other foot has been sacrificed to experiment ; and among the other specimens in spirits, are the hind and fore foot of a young buck, and the hind foot of a Virginia deer; and of the latter, a separate tube, and also dried, the hind and fore foot of the old doe caribou, and fore foot of the young one, and skins from the fore feet of the old buck. In the skin of the fore feet of the old buck there is and was no appearance of the tubes, they have been absorbed. By many, it appears to me erroneously, these tubes are considered to be scent ‘* glands.” Camper evidently did not think so; but he says (page 348): ‘* The skin of the fore feet, as well as that of the hind, which unite the dew claws, were sprinkled with thousands of glandules, which probably give out an oleagenous matter, intended to protect the hoofs against the snow.” This,it appears to me, may be said as to the “glandules” of any part of the skin with equal correctness. Prior to December last, having paid very little attention to these tubes, and having superficially examined only a few specimens some days killed, had the question been asked me, were they scent glands, the answer might have been affirmative ; but after a careful examination of the animal while warm, my original note made in the woods reads, ‘‘ The passage or so-called ‘ gland,’ opening in the front of the hind foot, terminates close to the skin of its under surface. It is. hair lined to its extremity. The separation or unity of this tube with the lower part of the sole skin is by ‘ fascia’ attached to the apex of the passage; it is not a gland properly so called.” From further examination of a number of fresh tubes, and from the ybservations made by Dr. Sommers, my first view that they were -or the purpose of strengthening the bones of the foot of this 292 MORROW—=NOTES ON THE CARIBOU, animal in its spring or jump, does not now appear to me to be tenable, and for my own part, I adopt Camper’s statement, and cannot say what their use may be; but they are not scent glands, if they were, it appears scarcely probable that as the buck comes to maturity he would be deprived of the means of leaving scent from his fore feet at the time when he most requires it, without taking into consideration the fact that the tube only exists in the fore feet of the male (up to an unknown age), or im the female in a rudimentary state. The tubes in the hind feet of the Caribou are filled with a waxy matter (those in the fore feet being only rudimentary, contain but- very little), and so are the tubes, one in each foot, of the Virginia deer; but this is retained in them, owing to the shape. That of the Caribou is rather wider in its mouth and of more equal diameter to its lower end than that of the Virginia deer, which, at its open- ing, is somewhat constricted and widens towards its centre; and the tubes of these two animals retain this waxy matter or scales, while the moose which, contrary to preconceived ideas (and this shows how little we study our animals), also has the tubes in its fect, fully developed in the hind, rudimentary in the fore feet, and if you will look at the hind foot, kindly sent me by A. Chipman Smith, Esq., Mayor of St. John, you will see that the tube is of a very different shape from that of the other two animals, being in the hind feet, very wide at the mouth, and gradually narrowing towards its lower extremity; from its shape it can retain but little, if any, of this ‘* waxy” matter, it being washed out by any swamp or by the grass or plants through which it would pass. The disagreeable smell ascribed to this matter is owing in a great measure to the quantity of it which is contained in a narrow space. In general terms it may be summed up that the Caribou buck when young has the tubes in the fore feet in a rudimentary form, which instead of passing upward and backward to the skin close to the dew claws, as in the developed tubes of the hind feet, lie between the hollow of, and nearly parallel with the bones of the feet, and that they are gradually absorbed until certainly in the adult male they entirely disappear. The doe has them also rudimentary in the fore feet ; MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 293 perfectly developed in the hind, and it is a question which is yet to be decided whether the tubes ever entirely fade out of the feet of the doe. In the old doe, the age of which cannot be less than six years, although small, the tubes are still plainly to be seen, A young moose, in possession of Mr. J. W. Stairs, has these tubes in all its feet. Those in the hind feet are fully developed, and pass in the same way as those of the Caribou,—between the phalanges; in the fore feet they are as in the Caribou of the same age, not passing upward and backward between the bones, but lying between and nearly parallel with them, and being, as in the Caribou, only rudimentary ; but at what time of life they disappear in this animal, or whether in male or female, or both, cannot, owing to our prohibitory law, at present be decided. The bones of the fore feet of the Caribou have the same general appearance as those of the moose. The “splint” bone is, how- ever, very much shorter in proportion. In the hind feet the bones are the same; in the Caribou they are, however, rounder than in - the moose. Permit m2 to tax your patience a little longer, it has been shown that the Caribou and Moose have the tubes fully developed in the hind feet, and rudimentary in the fore. Anexamination ofa Wapiti or Elk (Cervus Canadensis) skin with feet attached, in Mr, Egan’s collection, presented the fact, confirmed by Judge Caton, that this animal has no tube in any foot, and that its feet are of a different shape from those of the Caribou, Moose, and Virginia Deer, being * broader and shorter, and that the length of the pha- langes is very much less in proportion to the size of the animal in * Professor Baird, U. S. P. R. R. Exp. and Surveys, page 638, Sp. ch.: «< Boofs short, broad and rounded;’’ 639: ‘‘ ‘The hoofs of the elk, fig. 10, are very different from those of the smaller deer ;: instead of being narrow and pointed, they are short, broad, and with the outer edge of the under surfuce much rounded; in fact, they bear a very close resemblance beneath, to those of abuffilo. . . . ‘In the hind foot of the elk, the hoof is rather longer. . . . The length but little greater than the width of both hoofs together. The anterior hoofs are rather the largest. “There is a patch of whitish hairs on the outer edge of the hind leg, about one- third the length of the metatarsus, from its upper edge. This is narrow and about two inches long. There is no naked space between these hairs, as in the Virginia deer, I have not observed the bushy bunch or patch of long hairs seen on the inside of the tarsal region in the Virginia deer, though it may possibly exist.” (Judge Caton says it does not.) 294 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. the specimen referred to, than in the Caribou and Virginia Deer ; from the metecarpo-phalangeal articulation, to the point of the hoof, they measure 7 inches; while those of the young buck Caribou, measured 7} inches, of the old doe 74 inches, and of the old buck 9 inches. The gentleman already referred to, informs me that the Wapiti is a natural trotter, * «* he, however, can, and does run much faster than he can trot, but it is a laboured effort, and soon tires him out.” ‘* Hisrun is an awkward, lumbering, rolling gallop. A few hundred yards of this gait tells. It is said that an Elk will trot at an equal speed without stopping, or even flagging for twenty miles.” The Virginia Deer has a tube scantily furnished interiorly~ with short hairs, fully developed in each foot, which led me to inquire respecting the gait of this animal, my impression being that it would prove to be a galloping or running deer, and this has been confirmed. ‘‘ The natural gait of the Virginia Deer is a gallop or tun. He never trots except when he wants to move a short distance voluntarily, and then it is a slow lazy gait.” The inference which you will allow me to draw from this is, that the number of tubes in the feet of the different species of deer will point out the gait of the animal, that is, those which have a fully developed tube in each foot, should be bounders and runners, while those wanting the tubes, or having them partially developed in the fore and fully in the hind feet should be trotters. The point is one which has not, to my knowledge, been touched upon by any naturalist; and as it cannot be further inquired into among us where: we have only the Moose and Caribou, it is mentioned in the hope that it may be examined into by those who have access to a number of different species of Deer. It remains for me to present to you the notes of the scientifi© examinations of the tubes, kindly furnished by Dr. Sommers, as follows :— In the observations here annexed, I have endeavoured to furnish an accurate description of the so-called ‘+ interdigital glands” which exist in the feet of the Cariboo, by subjecting them to very careful anatomical and microscopical inspection. ‘The conclusion at which * «Plains of the Great West,’’ by Col. Dodge, pages 164 and 166. MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 295 I arrive, relative to their structure and functions is, that they are not glandular, in the correct meaning of that term, an opinion which coincides with that which you previously expressed. Caripou Buck, 8 Montrus O.tp—Hinp Foor. «« The cleft in the hoof is very deep, and the phalanges are loose and movable, the only connection of any consequence existing between them being formed by the skin covering the hoof. It forms a broad web between the phalangeal bones, thus affording a broad surface with which the animal may rest upon the ground ; the cleit in the hind foot measures trom metecarpo-phalangeal articulation, to the tip of hoof, 74 inches. In the fore foot, it measured 7% inches, the free border of the web in both feet is found at the insertion of the nails or hoofs into the skin, the length of web being about 5 inches, greatest width at free border 14 inches, diminishing gradu- ally upwards, the anterior and posterior walls of the web are separated by an interval filled with areolar tissue, and a small proportion of fat. ‘¢ About one and a-half inches above the edge of the web in its anterior wall, at a point midway and opposite to the articulation of the first and second sets of toe bones is found a circular opening or foramen, large enough to admit the barrel of a goose quill, it gives passage to a tuft of hairs lighter coloured than the surrounding ones, which are slightly smeared or stiffened with smegma, a probe intro- duced here discloses a passage or ‘ cul de sac” continuous with this opening, having a depth of one and a quarter inches. On dissect- ing the skin from the under side or sole, and removing the surround- ing tissue, the ‘* cul de sac” was exposed, extending upwards and backwards between the proximal phalanges, approaching, but con- tracting no adhesion to the skin of the sole, and terminating ata point corresponding to the articulation of the dew claws with the splint. j «‘ This organ presents the appearance of a fleshy tube with thick walls, and a rounded blind extremity lke that of a small test tube, flattened on its posterior or under side, convex on its upper or anter- ior side, about one and a-half inches in length below, somewhat shorter above, its circumference being about three quarters of an 296 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. inch: it tapers slightly towards its termination. When viewed in position, it bears a striking resemblance to the human uvula. ‘«¢ The surface exposed by dissection exhibits a structure con- sisting of rounded or slightly polygonal spaces, resembling very large cells, these are convex of a deep red colour, and united by paler interspaces. The whole organ has the appearance of a body consti- tuted of immense cells united by their thin cell walls. This, how- ever 1s deceptive ; these spaces are the rounded terminations or bases’ of the bulbs or follicles trom which the hairs inside of the sac grow : the resemblance to cellular interspaces arises from the pressure of a very delicate layer of true skin upon which they rest, and which has — been pushed into these interspaces by the growth of the hair follicles. The same structure can be observed in other parts of the skin by dissecting off the true skin which is underneath from the epithelial layer which covers it, and gives origin to the hairs, but here the spaces observed are much smaller, since the hairs and their bulbs are more crowded, the space occupied by each bulb being less than in the cul de sac, or organ under notice. ‘¢On examining the web of the fore foot, the opening was found similar in character and co-relative position, to that of the hind foot; previous to making these dissections, I was informed that this structure did not exist in the fore feet of the Caribou, nevertheless certain preconceived opinions relative to its structure and function, led me to seek for it here. The organ in the fore feet differs from that in the hind, by being very shallow, measuring not over one-quarter of an inch in depth; this is due to the draw- ing up and partial obliteration of its anterior wall; when dissected from the surrounding tissue, it presents all the characteristics of the organ in the hind foot, yet it differs in its position relative to the phalangeal bones, for instead of passing obliquely between them as in the hind foot, it lies in the same plane as that of the anterior wall of the web, its own anterior wall being incorporated with the under surface of the skin, being thereby shortened to about one- quarter of an inch in length; the posterior wall, however, remains distinct and measures from the blind extremity to its termination in the skin, somewhat over an inch. MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 297 «The microscopic examination of ‘this organ proved it to be of’ Epidermic origin. Sections through the thickness of its walls showed an external layer of flattened prismoidal cells with small nuclei, a deeper or internal layer in which the cells were more rounded and filled with granular protoplasm, (this difference in the uppermost and lowermost layer was brought out by the staining process, and it is in these only that we find the line of demarcation, the intervening layers merging gradually one into the other). . Other structures observed were the hairs and hair follicles with their accompanying tissues, and some fibres representing, no doubt, the true skin, which is not developed in these organs to any con- siderable extent. The two layers of cells correspond to the same parts in man, viz., a horny layer external, but of course internal in the ‘ cul-de-scac ;? a mucous layer external when the sac is dissect-. ed from its surroundings, the changed position of these layers is owing to the circumstance of the sac’s being an invagination of the epidermic layer into the true skin. «« Regarding the function of this structure, various and contra- dictory opinions are expressed, that of its being glandular being most prevalent ; again it is said to have no existence in the Wapiti and Moose, and fore feet of the adult Caribou. The fact of its existence in fore and hind feet of the Virginia Deer being well understood, its presence in this animal is said to be for the purpose of leaving a trace or scent on the ground, and in this way serving the union of the sexes at certain seasons, but if this is the case, we may ask why should it not exist in the Wapiti and be fully developed in the Caribou and Moose, since it must be obvious to us that the fulfilment of the conditions which obtain in the Virginia Deer are required also in the Wapiti; more than this, we know that a true scent organ in the Caribou is situated on the inside of the heels or, gambrils. *¢T may say here that on the occasion of my first dissection of the organ in the Caribou buck fawn, I expressed the opinion, that this organ or structure would be found also in the fore feet of the adult animal, though perhaps more rudimentary; a subsequent. examination of the fore feet in an adult doe confirmed this opinion 298 MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. in the fullest degree, since I there found the structure as well developed as in the young animal. I now feel more than ever convinced that it exists in all our deer tribe, not excluding the Wapiti, although it may be larger in some than in others; an immature living moose in possession of Mr. J. W. Stairs, being provided with it. ‘©The following summary of its Histological relations will aid in arriving at correct conclusions relative to its importance :— “1st. It is a growth or offset from the epidermic layer of the skin, invaginated between the phalangeal bones, containing the Malpighian and horny layers of the epidermis, and carrying with it a very thin layer of the true skin. “2nd. Hair follicles and hairs growing from its internal walls and emerging through its opening, these being also epidermic or of epithelial origin. ‘¢3rd. The absence of glandular tissue, excepting the sebace- ous follicles which accompany the hair follicles or bulbs over the whole integument of the animal, ‘this exception is made for obvious anatomical reasons,’ nevertheless the sebaceous follicles were not observed in the specimens examined with the microscope. “4th. The examination of the matter filling the tubes in the Virginia Deer, and present in much smaller proportion in the Caribou, showed it to consist in principal part of desquamated epidermic scales and oil globules; microscopically it resembled smegma from the skin of man, or perhaps closer still the ‘ vernix caseosa,’ from that of the recently delivered infant, remembering that the epidermis in man and in all animals is a non-vascular tissue, that unlike our other tissues it is shelled off from the sur- face; we can readily account for these desquamated scales being retained here in a narrow pocket, from which they could not be readily discharged. Retrograde changes in these cells, secretions from sebaceous and sweat glands in adjacent parts will account, not only for the oily matter seen, the viscidity of the substance, but also for the odour which it possesses, the latter being no greater than that of the general integument, and arises from the same cause, viz.: the perspiration, but in this respect they are not in MORROW—NOTES ON THE CARIBOU. 299 any degree comparable with the glandular collection at the hocks before mentioned, which will retain the peculiar odour of the animal for a long period after the removal of the skin. ‘« In the presence of these facts we must conclude that this organ is only rudimentary, having no function which is obvious to us, it is not a secreting organ since it lacks glandular tissue; the opening in the dorsum instead of the sole of the foot would point also in this way ; it does not serve to give strength or firmness to the foot, having none of the toughness and elasticity of skin in other parts, without comparison with the tendons, etc., which are pro- vided for this purpose. Organs without uses are found from man downwards, we sometimes call them fcetal structures because some are well developed and are in use before birth, wither and remain useless after birth; for example, the woolfian bodies, said to be Tepresented by the suprarenal capsules; others have no obvious use at any period, but are better developed in the foetus than in the adult; example, Appendix vermiformis in man, others may point to structural affinities inherited from a distant period, of which natural history furnishes many examples. ‘*From an individual point of view, taking in all the circum- stances referred to, there appear to be only two ways of accounting for this structure, it is either an aborted ungual follicle or other- wise it is a ‘ cul-du-sac’ representing the suture formed by coale- scence of the skin from side to side in the foetus. Its structure would convince one of the first conclusion, if the animal had rudi- mentary toe bones in the same position, indicative of a three toed ancestor, but all observations relative to the morphology of the foot, are opposed to this view, since the outer bones and their appendages are aborted in all animals of this kind. We are there- fore compelled to adopt the other view which can be only settled saisfactorily by examination of the part in the foetus. Nevertheless from knowing the difficulty of substantiating any theory connected with its supposed origin and use; still more of ridding one’s mind of a theory once entertained, my faith in either of these is held very loosely.” In conclusion, it may be that what I have written has been 300 ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. better told by some one more competent to the task, but I have not met with anything upon the subject of the sac and tubes except in Camper’s works. ‘The notes of Dr. Sommers, which he kindly handed to me to be used as I saw fit, are given in full, as those which might have been made by me would only be the notes of a hunter, and therefore of but little value in comparison. I regret that I have been unable to explain more fully the use of the sac, _ but what additional light has been added may possibly encourage some other, naturalist or hunter, to continue the enquiry. Arr. VI.—Nova Scottan Metrorotocy. By F. Atiison, Esa., M. A., Chief Meteorological Agent. (Read before the Institute, 14th May, 1877.) Tue facts, deductions, and opinions, brought before this Institute in this little paper, are the results of over fourteen years of personal observation at Halifax, of all elements entering into the consti- tution of climate; to which are added several previous years of observation of Temperature and Rain by the Medical Officers at the Citadel, which were taken under excellent supervision, and considered to be trustworthy enough for scientific calculation. I have also been much assisted by many careful observers through this Province, and in Prince Edward Island, and Newfoundland, to whom I would thus publicly tender my thanks; and some of whom are now performing good service in the Dominion Meteoro- logical organization. Most of the following remarks, though taken directly at and for Halifax, are applicable to all Nova Scotia. The deviations from this general rule will be noted as we proceed. Heat—its degree and alternations—must of course lie at the. bottom of all considerations of climate ; but for several reasons of convenience, the first instrument we record is the Barometer. Let me again mention, that beside almost all Barometers having a considerable error in themselves, they are commonly observed by the public without regard to the marking of the attached Ther- ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. 301 mometers, or their height above the level of the sea. Obviously, their readings are constantly wrong, generally too low. It may be argued, that if the readings be always made from the same instru- ment, merely to test the condition of the atmosphere at the one point, and not for comparative or scientific purposes, they serve the end sought. But this is not correct, even with this small object alone in view, for the temperature will always affect the mercurial column; and as it cannot be kept regular to a degree, these simple readings must prove erroneous. Thus, let the observed height of the column be 29.750, and the attached Thermometer 70°, and again, let the same observed height remain, but with temperature reduced to 40°—which may easily happen in any room—and the ordinary observer says that the pressure is the same; whereas, if the first instance be only 29.750 in reality, the latter observation is .080 higher, or 29.830, else the Barometer could not retain its apparent height with 30° reduction of temperature. Therefore, when I speak of Barometrical Height, or Pressure of Atmosphere, I mean with all corrections included, viz., instrumental error cor- rected, temperature calculated at 32°, Fahrenheit freezing point, and addition made for height above sea. Aneroid Barometers are not used in Meteorology, as though very useful in measuring elevation, they are very apt to get out of order without the observ- er’s knowledge, and their rate of error is uncertain, beside the metal scale being unduly affected by heat, and they cannot be set to a point to obviate the expansion and contraction. The mean Pressure for the whole year at Halifax is 29.779, and this is near enough to that of other parts of the Province for application to any climatological purpose. The Barometer here has risen to 30.992, and fallen to 28.455, but from 29.000 to 30.500 inches is the general range, and readings outside of these limits are very rare. Our Barometrical aititude is comparatively low for our Latitude, but the weight of atmosphere is affected, like the other Meteorological con- stituents, by our Peninsular position, and proximity to the great ocean. ‘Thus the mean Barometer in 1875, at Halifax, in Latitude 44°.39’ N., was 0.151 inches lower than that at the inland station of Brockville in Ontario, in almost the very same Latitude—44°.34’, 302 ALLISON——-NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. while at Esquimault, in British Columbia, as we again approach the ocean on the West, the Barometer comes down again nearer the Nova Scotia means, although that station is 2 degrees farther North than any point in Nova Scotia where the observations are recorded. This comparatively small Pressure helps our climate to produce agricultural results, belonging to a more southern latitude inland, shewing that the atmosphere is lighter, because warmer. The equability of this Pressure is also our safeguard against the violent storms, which to the South, the West, the North, and East of us, rage frequently, but seldom touch this Province, its extreme limits being the most exposed to theirravages. This again, is partly due to the level surface of Nova Scotia; and when we complain of the monotony of our low sea coast, and the want of abrupt hills through the country, we should remember the compensation gained by our comparative immunity from high winds and heavy rains. The warmer (and lighter) air over the Gulf Stream to the Southward, and the mild waters of the Bay of Fundy to the North and West, assist in keeping level our Barometers, and thus preserving = general regularity of our climate. Before leaving this topic of whole pressure, I will allude briefly to a much neglected item in calculating the weight of the atmos- phere. The pressure, or elastic force of vapour, must be elimin- ated from the total, before we can get what we really want,—the dry air to be weighed by itself. This vapour, with relative humidity, is calculated from tables carefully prepared from the reading of the wet bulb Thermometer, and the difference between it and the day or true temperature of air. There is but a very slight discrepancy between Glaisher’s tables for this purpose and Guyot’s , but the latter is preferred, and is computed from the third edition of Regnault’s tensions, in which he has ‘‘ modified the numerical values of some of the coefficients” of the formula adopted. The barometric height is supposed to be 29.700 inches. ‘* Enter the tables with the difference of the two thermometers, and the tem- perature of the wet-bulb given by observation. In the column headed by the observed difference of the thermometers, and on the horizontal line headed by the observed temperature of the wet ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY, 303 thermometer, are found the force of vapour and the relative humidity corresponding to these temperatures.” Let the apparent height of the column, reduced to 32° and to sea-level, be 29.800 inches, the temperature of air 43°, and of the wet-bulb 40°,—the difference thus being 3°; then you will use the psychrometrical table as above, and subtract 0.208 as force of vapour, giving the result— 29.800 inches. — 0.208 * 29,992 §* as pressure of dry air, and the relative humidity will be 75.0. But suppose the barometer, and the difference between dry and wet bulbs, to be still the same, but the wet to be fallen to 33°, then you will subtract only 0.149, giving— 29.800 inches. — 0.149 « Ho aOole, ons as dry pressure, and a relative humidity of 70.5. This will readily explain how necessary it is to take into account the tem- perature and difference of the bulbs, when calculating climato- logical results from barometric observations. The difference is increased or diminished simply by evaporation, depending again upon,the capability of the atmosphere to hold moisture. Even in the heaviest rains there is generally a degree or more of difference between the thermometers ; but a fog is complete saturation, or 100 per cent. of relative humidity. As Nova Scotia has a less pressure than corresponds to its latitude, so should it have a greater heat than its proper due; but the immense stretches of snow and ice prevent that during the longer portion of the year; and as these frozen regions of land and water lie from the north-west to the north-east of us, and exert their influence over us from November to June, we have less heat during that period than might otherwise be expected. The mean yearly temperature of Halifax is 429.81; of Digby, 43°.50; of 304 ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. - Truro, 41°; of Sydney, 41°.50; and of Baddeck, 39°.90. The Series are not quite long enough to strike so accurate a normal at these country stations as in this city; but I have selected some of the best, at widely distant localities, and the errors will, I think, prove in time to be not very important. At St. John, N.B., in 1875, (the latest finished year that I have) the mean temperature was 38°.3, against 40°.2 at Halifax; 38°.2 and 38°.3 at Charlottetown and Georgetown, P. E.I., respectively ; and 399.1, 88°.1 and 37°.5 at the stations of Harbor Grace, St. John’s, and Channel, in New- foundland, in order. It is interesting to watch how the mean temperatures of each month vary at some of the Nova Scotia stations. In January, Digby is the warmest and Truro coldest. In February again, Digby is highest, but Sydney falls as low as Truro. In March, Digby still remains highest and Sydney lowest. In April, Digby is passed by Wolfville, while Sydney is far behind. In May, Windsor is warmest and Baddeck celdest. In June, the inland station of Windsor is still hottest, and the sea-side Baddeck much the coldest; and in July the extremes are observed at the same stations. But in August, Halifax increases much in propor- tion, while Baddeck is still the lowest, remaining so in September, when Wolfville marks the highest. In October, the interior becomes much colder, and Halifax is the warmest, and Truro slightly culder than any. Sydney takes first place in November, with Truro still coldest, where the latter remains through Decem- ber, in which month Digby is a little higher than any. Digby gives the highest mean and Baddeck the lowest of five Nova Scotia stations for the year; but Wolfville, in May, June and August, and Windsor, in the five months following July, are too defective for fair comparisons, otherwise, as warm inland stations, they might contest first place with Digby. The winds, their direction and force, are very important in deciding climate and calculating its effects. First—As to direction, westwardly winds are much more prevalent in Nova Scotia than those from any other quarter, giving a resultant,—whether we esti- mate force in connection with direction, or merely count the years’ average of daily means,-~of a very few degrees N. of W. During ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. 305 January, February, March and April, the average wind keeps well N. of W. In May, we get it nearly W. In June, still farther S., and again nearly W. S. W., in July. In August and September, we have prevalent W. S. W. winds, going up to near the Winter average in October and November, till in December the N. W. wind prevails. In the Eastern part of Nova Scotia, the wind is more frequently from the East than in these central and Western counties, and there is a comparatively greater tendency to draw ’ from S. E., so that the average wind which is N. of W.., taking the Province as a whole, is a little S. of W. in Cape Breton. Rather than a cause, this direction is an effect due to geographical position, and a less humid atmosphere than Europe in the same latitude ; so we will pass on to wind force. The faulty construction, bad exposure, and deficient readings, make many of the Auemometers at out-stations untrustworthy for series sufficiently long to calculate means with accuracy; but from what I have been able to learn so far, the velocities for the Pro- vince, when all can be satisfactorily reduced, will not differ to any very great extent from those observed at this Chief Station. In Halifax the result of 14 years observation places the average velocity about 9 miles per hour, (strictly 9.36), varying from a dead calm up to 63 miles per hour. This latter wonderful velocity I noted in the great gale of Sunday morning, the 3rd of August, 1867, which blew down many fences and trees on the Peninsula, also unroofing several buildings and destroying chimnies, etc.. Fortunately the wind which had been S.E. for two days previous,. and returned to that point that same evening, had veered S. during the greatest height of the gale, so that the wharves and shipping were partially protected and the destruction there was not so, great as in some lesser S.E. gales. But a fearful sea broke on. Meagher’s: Beach. The nearest approach to this wind was on August 24th. and 25th, 1873. This will be remembered as the disastrous Cape Breton storm. In Halifax and westward it did not reach. the violence exhibited in the Hastern Counties, but it blew up.to.60 miles midnight of 24th, and continued very heavy the morning. of 6 : - ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. the 25th. Here the direction was N. and N.NE. with thunder, lightning, and over 2.5 inches of rain in 22 hours. Taking up the wind average forces of the months we find January a trifle above the year’s normal. February still a little higher. March getting up to the maximum of 11.35. April falls off very much, and May remains much the same as its predecessor. But June shews a mean still less. July and August are far the most quiet months, the former giving an average of only 4.86, the latter the minimum of 4.69. September returns to near the’ mean of June. October increases a little more, while November approaches very near to March. In these two months the general force of wind is much the greatest. December has an average about equal to January. Our Peninsular position, equal Barometric distribution, and level surface of country, divert many violent gales from this Province, and we cannot be too thankful that, as one of the most quiet spots of North America, we thus ‘enjoy the most favourable facilities for the production of the land crops peculiar to the Latitude, and safety on our sea coast, compared with other shores of the Atlantic. Even in a station so far inland as Toronto the mean velocity is very much the same as our own. 30 miles an hour is fhe minimum of a gale, and in 1876 there were 20 gales; in 1875, 19; in 1874, 18; in 1873, 17; in 1872, 26, and in 1871, 26; of these 126 gales, 103 took place between October and March, inclusive. It is very rare to reach 30 miles per hour in May, June, July, or August, though the two heaviest gales, as recorded above, occurred in this latter month. In total precipitation both the rain and the water obtained from snow when melted, are included. ‘The dry snow is ’ first measured on a platform, and has been found to give on an , average one-tenth of its depth in water. Thus one inch of level dry snow gives .100 of water over the same superficial area. Occa- sional the equivalent of 1 inch of snow varies from .090 to .110 of water, but one-tenth is quite near enough for an average. In Great Britain 1 inch of snow rarely measures over .090 of water, as the flakes generally lie much more loosely, and ‘occupy more ‘space than here. e ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. 307 In looking at total precipitation by the month, although the same months in different years vary very much, a tolerably long series—say of 11 years—gives a fair idea of the most wet and dry periods of the year; and in the fourteen complete years from which I now can calculate, the Precipitation of Nova Scotia can be dis- tributed with sufficient accuracy. January, October, and November give very nearly the same results—about 5.5 inches—and are close- ly followed by February with an average of 5.4. April, December, March and May give 4.8, 4.6, 4.5, and 4.2, respectively. he normal fall of September is 3.9, of August 3.5, of June 3.4, and July is decidedly the driest month, with 2.9. It will be at once noticed how comparatively dry our Summer is; and that, dividing the year into two equal periods, the six months from 30th Septem- ber to 8lst March, yield 30 inches out of the normal annual 53, leaving 23 only for the warmer months. Or, going farther, and taking the four Winter months of December, January, February, and March, we find twenty inches‘in them ; twenty inches also in the four Spring and Autumn months of April, May, October, and November, and only about thirteen during the remaining third, June, July, August, and September. Of the whole yearly preci- pitation, about 44.5 inches fall as rain, and the melted snow mea- sures about 8.5 inches more, being the product of seven ‘feet fallen frozen. The above figures are most applicable to Halifax and the Atlantic coast, but the yearly amount does not differ materially from this on the Gulf‘or Bay Shores, or Inland. The differences by season in the interior are a ‘slightly heavier rain ‘fall in Summer, and a little greater snow depth in winter, balanced by not quite so much rain water in Spring and Autumn. I find that the years of most snow and rain make the soil-of Nova Scotia most productive, and are most satisfactory to our farmers, provided that the hay- ‘making and harvest ‘seasons are not wet. ‘There are good reasons for both of these conclusions. A thick layer of snow from the beginning of December to the end of March, prevents the frost from striking very deeply into the ground; the ammonia of the rain and melting snow, combining with the salts of the soil, enables it to nourish the coming roots and grass ; and the continuance of good 308 ALLISON—NOVA SCOTIAN METEOROLOGY. sledding facilitates, the hauling out of all kinds of wood. April is better dry till the Spring ploughing and planting are over, but then we can stand a large quantity of rain till the middle of June, for proverbially, “‘a wet May makes good hay.” From that date, till August is half gone, much rain is not needed, but the after crop needs moisture then ; and through September frequent and copious showers do the pastures more good than they can do harm in other ways. On all accounts, we are better off for a large rain fall in October and November, and we usually are blessed by it. Thus the swamps are filled, and freeze earlier and harder for the Winter’s work ; and the brooks and rivers running high suit another great branch of the country’s industry—lumbering. Indeed the labours of the woodsman, and of the mills are benefitted by rain at all times in this Province where evaporation is so great from March to October. Of the four oldest provinces of Canada, the total precipitation of Nova Scotia is decidedly the greatest, as is the rain fall. As yet, the observations in British Columbia, Manitoba, and Prince Edward Island, are not numerous enough to place their averages in proper order; but, for the sake of comparison, calling Nova Scotia 40, New Brunswick would be 35, Quebec 26, and Ontario 23. Inthe latter Province so little rain falls (except in the W. and S. W. district) that frequently the draughts are injurious; and in Toronto, the facts prove that their already limited supply is decreasing, which causes much apprehension. Our large precipita- tion would be troublesome, did it come in smaller quantities on many days ; but this is not so, and we enjoy the farther advantage of having a great number of fair days. Thus Toronto, with an average fall of only 35.5 inches, scores but 186 fair days, while Halifax, with 53 inches rain and melted snow, has still an average of 204 days completely dry. Again, to show how free this Pro- vince is is from the light drizzling rains common in many other parts of the north temperate zone: the average rain fall of the London district for 60 years is about 24.5 inches,—less than half of our total precipitation, while the number of wholly dry days is very much the same in any year. ER FOR 1876. Sea-level 122.5 feet. LILISON. September. October. | November. | December. || YEAR-1876. 54.12 45.49 38.67 22.84 42.06 —2.90 —2.56) +1.61 —2.68 —0.56 Maximum Te2 72.2 70.0 62.8 43.0 90.2 Minimum Ter.4 37.2 27.0 18,1 —1.0 —16.9 _ Monthly and |.8 35.0 43.0 44.7 44.0 107.1 Mean Maxim.52:' 64.54 54.36 44.33 30.28 51.66 Mean Minimu 45 45.34 Slit 33.51 14.25 33.40 Highest Daily.14 62541 58.00 57.25 39.61 75.14 Lowest Daily}.3 4 50.10 34.38 23.29 3-12 —6.78 Mean Daily .07 19.20 16.59 10.82: 16.03 18.26 Greatest Dail}.8 | 30.2] 30.9] 26.81 88.2 || 44.6 Mean PressurP53; 29.941) 29.825! 29.883; 29.743]| 29.900 Difference frol43) -+-.076) —.005) -+.125' —.013)) -++.112 Maximum Prps7| 30.494) 30.199} 30.520} 30.519)| 30.992 Minimum Pr@91!} 29.308) 29.145) 29.288] 28.921|| 28.774 Monthly and 696) PtS6ee el. 054 1.232 1.598) 2.218 Highest Dailyp43) 30.423, 30.100) 30.439} 80.290)| 30.698 Lowest Dailyp87| 29.491) 29.385) 29.344] 29.182) 29.165 Mean Pressurs0 | 041 .256 DAG .114 | .262 Mean Relativ.7 | 81.4 | 80.1 | 987.5 | 85.8 || 82.79 Mean Amounb6 5.03 5.47 7.84 5.04 6.09 Difference frop6 | —.52 00 | +1.21 | —1.11 +.13 Prevalent DirdV. | W.S.W.| W.N.W.|/W.N.W.| N.W. WwW. Mean VelocitW9 | 8.47 8.49 10.85 12.79 9.20 Diffaroneo fro | 12 35 | 11.55 +.45 | +4.24 || +1.26 GENERAL METEOROLOGICAL REGISTER FOR 1876. HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA. Latitude 44° 39’ 20’ North. Longitude 63° 36’ 40’’ West. Height above Sea-level 122.5 feet. OBSERVED BY BREDERICK ALLISON. 1876. iar Penary. Mareh. April. iby. June. July. Tn Genie October. November. | December. || YBAR-1876. Mean Temperature. . 21.74 22.81) 28.37 36.30 45.36 60.40 63.80 64.29 54.12 45.49 38.67 22.84 42.06 Difference from Normal a4 years) .. -0.88) 0.17) -+0.47) -++1.11 —2.02) -+1.62) +0.57) -++0.89 =2.90 —2.56) -+-1.61 —2.68 0.56 Maximum Temperature ..:.....-+-- 48.6 48.0 |~ 51.0 56.6 70.0 84.8 86.7 90.2 (2.2, 70.0 62.8 43.0 90.2 Minimum Temperature ... .... .... -8.8 | -16.9 7.1 19.6 29.9 36.2 49.2 46.4 37.2 27.0 18,1 -1.0 -16.9 Monthly and Annual Ranges .......- | D714 64.9 43.9 37.0 41.1 48.6 37.0 43.8 35.0 43.0 44.7 44.0 107.1 Mean Maximum Temperature.... .. 31.10) 33.15) 36.93 45.06 55.76) 71.92) 74.99 77.52\" 64.54 54.36 44.33 30.28 51.66 Mean Minimum Temperature ........ 10.38) 11.53) 20.85, 29.08) 86.42) 51.64) 55.64) 5445) 45.84) 87.77) © 33.51) 14.25 33.40 Highest Daily Mean Temperature .... 40.21 38.48 40.52) 42.20 56.52 72.51 71.72; Tait 62.71 58.00) 57.25 35.61 75.14 Lowest Daily Mean Temperature. .... 7.51 -6.78, 13.30 28.36) 35.38 50.05) 56.70; 53.34 50.10 34.38) 23.29) 3.12 -6.78 Mean Daily Range of Temperature.... 20.77 21.62 16.08 15.98 19.34 20.28 19.35 23.07 19.20 16.59) 10.82) 16.03. 18.26 Greatest Daily Range of Temperature .. 38.6 44.6 26.8 26.5 35.0 37.2 33.8 30.8 30.2 30.9 26.8 33.2 44.6 Mean Pressure Corrected. 90 ..| 29.940} 29.921) 29.898) 29.850) 29.940 29.995) 29.913) 29.953) 29.941) 29.825) 29.883) 29.743]| 29.900 Difference from Normal (4 years). +.160) —+.145) +.095) -+.107) -+.200) +.208) -+.123) +.143) +076] —.005| +125} —.013]] +.112 Maximum Pressure .........-- 30,614) 30.992) 30.484) 30.337) 30.434) 30.343) 30.164) 30.287) 30.494) 30.199] 380.520) 30.519]| 30.992 Minimum Pressure ........ -.....-| 29.063) 28.774) 28.981] 29.342) 29.219) 29.484] 29.433] 29.591} 29.308) 29.145} 29.288] 28.921)| 28.774 Monthly and Annual Ranges. ...... 1.551 2.218) 1.503) 0.995 1.215 0.859} 0.731 0.696 1.186 1.054 1.232) 1.598 2.218 Highest Daily Mean Pressure .. ....| 80.513) 30.698) 30.404) 30.305) 30.362) 30.315) 30.136 80.243) 80.423) 30.100) 30.489) 30.290) 30.698 Lowest Daily Mean Pressure .........| 29.304) 29.165) 29.242) 29.434) 29.346 | | 29.385] 29.344] 29.182)| 29.165 Mean Pressure of Vapour.... ..- 0000 112 112 -138 176 -243 256 219 114 262 Mean Relative Humidity........ .- 82.9 80.8 83.2 82.0 80.5 80.1 | 87.5 85.8 || 82.79 Mean Amount of Cloud ... . 900 5.91 5.69 6.83 6.85 6.52 7.42 6.48 5.47 7.84 5.34 6.09 Difference from Normal (10 yeurs) --.| —.32 +24 1.01 t-.54 69 | 1.33 | -+.73 -00 | 41.21 | —1.11 +.13 Prevalent Direction of Wind. .........| N.W. N.W. W. W. W.S.W.| S.8.W. | W.S.W. .|W.N.W.|)W.N.W.] N.W. W. Mean Velocity of Wind 6 : 9.97 11.47 s 8.66 6.07 0.17 8.49 10.85 12.75 9220) Difference from Normal (14 years)... | +-1.04 | +2.21 04 +.45 | +1.22 1.55 | -+.45 | +4.24 || --1.26 ‘Amount of; Rain... ..-.sse 05006 1.341 3.133 3.384, 3.914 4.067 7.397| 0.618|| 44.335 Difference from Normal (14 years) + 1.030) --0.077) —0.097) +-0.996 1.393, --2.386 —2.431)/ --0.899 Number of Days Rain. .... aU 7 Pyle ale? 13 12 5 143, Difference from Normal (14 years) .... 0 +1 +6 | +6 0 0 —4 17 Amount of Snow.... - ..... ... 21.10) 33.23 (a) | 0 0.01 | inap. 25.58 96.37 Difference from Normal (14 years)....| -+2.05) -+-14.47 0 0 0.45 | 3.88 +8.91 13.10 Number of Days Snow .. o6 13 16 0 0 i @ | ie 58 Difference from Normal at years) seee| 8 +7 @ | 0 =! | —| | ai +9 Total Precipitation ............ bo 3.576 6 401 3.384 3.914 1,909 6.094 4.076 %.397 3.164)) 54.114 Difference from Normal (14 years)... .| —1.798} -0.984 0. er -++0.956) —-1.618) +-2.201) 41.885 +1.956 1.385 1.803 Number of Dry Days............... 13 13 14 23 +0 i eames 17 179 Difference from Normal (14 years) ....|_ —+-4 3 8 6 +3 0 —2 +3 +3 22, ] | Number of Auroras ...... ... . | 0 2 0 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 9 OG Gales .... 3 4 4 1 0 0 0) 0 0 1 2 6 21 se Fogs ... + 0 7 3 10 18 14 2 2 4 1 1 66 se Dewsieerener r= 0 0 0 0 4 10 10 13 11 9 1 0 58 se Hoar Frosts .. .. 9 5 6 r 4 0 0 0 0 7 3 9 6 ee Thunders ....... 0 0 0 0 1 4 3 3 0 1 1 0 13 ss Lightnings 0 0 1 2 2 5 1 6 0 1 1 1 20 fe Hails 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 “ Rainbows ... 0 @ | 0 0 0 4 0 2 1 1 0 0 8 a Lunar Halos bandon 3 2 il 3 1 0 0 1 il 0 3 0 16 G Lunar Corone ............. 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 1 6 as Solar Halos 0 0 5 2 1 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 12 so Days Sleighing. . 16 27 (). 2 0 0 0 0 | ) 0 0 23 17 BURWASH—BELLEVEAU MINING OPERATIONS, 309 With this comparison I must conclude this paper, “already extended beyond my first intention; but, with permission of the Institute, I hope on some future evening to complete these climatic remarks, by noticing the occasional phenomena and periodic events, which, with their causes and effects, contribute largely to our meteorological knowledge, and the probable and possible productions of our country. Art. VII. —Grouocy oF THE SITE or THE BELLEVEAU MINING Oprrations.—By Rev. JoHN Burwasn, M. A., Com- MUNICATED BY JOHN T. MEL.isH, M. A. (Read May, 1877.) I.—CHARACTER OF THE Rocks. TuHE following paper is compiled from notes of observations made during a visit to the property of the Belleveau Albertite and Oil Company, in July, 1876. I may be allowed to state that my stay was short, and that my opportunity for personal observation was limited; but through the kind attention of Mr. Patrick, the Mana- ger of the Mine, who conducted me to the principal exposures, and gave me the benefit ot his knowledge of the locality which he has thoroughly studied, I was able to make a much better use of my time, and to obtain a much better knowledge of these rocks than would otherwise have been possible. I found Mr. Patrick practi- cally well acquainted with the stratigraphy of the Carboniferous series in Nova Scotia, and his opinion of the position and relations of these beds, is well worthy of attention. The place where the Company have sunk their shaft is situated in the Parish of Dorchester, between Memramcook and Peticodiac Rivers, about a mile from the latter, and about five and one-half miles in a direct line from the Albert Mine. It is, Mr. Patrick . informed me, on the same line of upheaval as the latter; that is, taking the general direction of the strike at the Albert Mine, you would come to the Belleveau pruperty. There are two principal kinds of rock—shales and conglomer- ates. The shales are very characteristic of all places where veins 310 BURWASH—BELLEVEAU MINING OPERATIONS. of Albértite occur, and are described in Dr. Dawson’s account of the geology of Albert Mine, under the name of Albert Shales. They can be traced all the way from Albert Mine to Belleveau. They, nearly all, contain Carbonate of Lime; some beds having crystals of calcite disseminated through them. They are bituminous, and it is a matter worthy of investigation, whether some of the beds could not be advantageously used for the production of oil or gas. As these shales are supposed to be the origin of the mineral, Alber- tite, the amount of their development and their bituminous charac- ter are matters of great importance to the miner in prospecting for this mineral. ; The conglomerates are in massive beds, forming on account of their weathering more slowly than the softer shales, the summits of the ridges between which the shales form the depressions. They are grey, greenish grey and reddish grey rocks; some quite coarse, others passing into a gritty grey sandstone. One of the lowest beds of this rock deserves special mention. It has been named by Mr. Patrick ‘oil rock.” It is a grey, micaceous sandstone, thoroughly saturated with, and having the characteristic odor of petroleum. It occurs, as Mr. Patrick informed me at the Albert Mine, and crops out in several places between that and Belleveau. On digging through this rock considerable quantities of petroleum flowed into the pit; and Mr. Patrick thinks that this is the source of nearly all the oil which has been found in this region. It is his opinion that oil might be obtained. in paying quantities by boring where a considerable thickness of this rock is found near the sur- face; a condition which exists in the northern part of the Company’s claims. 2,—ORDER OF STRATA. The relative position of these shales and conglomerates is a somewhat difficult matter to determine. The spot selected for mining at Belleveau has the appearance of a centre of disturbance. The character of the beds would suggest the idea that some explo- sive force, confined within the earth, had there found vent. This disturbance and contortion of the Strata is especially seen on the Southern half of the claim. Here, Mr. Patrick thinks there is a BURWASH—BELLEVEAU MINING OPERATIONS. 311 great fault, the direction of whichis 73° E. Along the line of this fault the shales are thrown up against the conglomerates, dipping from them ata high angle. This being the case, his opinion that the conglomerates overlie the shales, is probably correct, and goes with the description of their relations elsewhere, as given by Dr. Dawson. The strata of the conglomerates are nearly horizontal, while those of the shales dip southward at a high angle. At a short distance north of the line of fault, there is a note- worthy outcrop, which seems to be the summit of an arch; the beds on the north being similar, in inverted order to those on the south. At this point, the shales are very much contorted, being corrugated as if by a combination of upward and lateral pressure. As an example, illustrating the forces at work in producing this formation, I obtained a piece of shale 15 inches in length, bent into the form of a double hook, or letter S., and having that peculiar ‘* slickensided” appearance indicative of great pressure. This arch has its parallel in the arched strata near the Albert Mine, which are similarly contorted, and contain, like these, remains of fish of the general Palzoniscus. In fact, the general resemblance between the arrangement and conformation of the strata at Belleveau and Albert Mine is somewhat remarkable, especially when we take into account their disturbed condition. This resemblance is stich as to justify the remark of Mr. Patrick that a section might be made of one, which would, with very little alteration, represent the other. North of this arch, in the bank of a small brook, there is exposed a considerable thickness of shale. Reckoning from this point to the arch, it would appear that these shales which are generally regarded as the source of the Albertite, are as fully developed here as at Albert Mine. With respect to the question of the probable occurrence of any considerable quantity of Albertite in this locality, as the matter will shortly be practically tested, speculation is out of place. Should the mining operations now in progress be successful, an impetus will be given to those researches which alone can develope the mineral wealth of our country ; and in the case of Albertite: prospecting, with largely increased chances of success. 312 HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. Art. VIII.—AppitTions To THE List or Nova Scotian Pants. By Henry How, D. C. L., Professor of Chemistry and Natural History, King’s College, Windsor, N. 8. TuE following notes are intended to supplement the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Flora of Nova Scotia” in the Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute, 1875-76, by Dr. A. W. H. Lindsay, to whom botanists are much indebted for the first labour of its kind. The names of plants and stations below are either not given in the ‘ Catalogue,” or not on the responsibility now advanced. - Some of the plants have been known to me as Nova Scotian as long as others in the Herbarium of my formation referred to by Dr. Lindsay, but not being represented in that collection, nor named in some short notes of mine published in the Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute, 1871-72, of course are not placed in the ‘‘ Cata- logue” on my authority. The majority have been, however, I think, found since that Herbarium left my hands, (1876), either by myself or others, to whom credit is given, and some have been met with quite recently. In a few cases I have added a word or two, relating to local or Indian names, and other points, which may be found acceptable. I have also corrected a few errors. For some particulars, I am indebted to Mr. G. A. Thompson, of Massachusetts. This gentleman came here chiefly for minerals, in 1873, having been directed to me. He was kind enough to give * me a few botanical notes in return for showing him specimens, and advising him as to localities of minerals. The following observa- tions of his will be found interesting. ‘‘I was quite surprised to see the Liriodendron tulipifera successfully cultivated so far North. I had only seen one or two specimens in Massachusetts. The Monotropa uniflora, found at Scot’s Bay, is somewhat rare near Boston, 1 think; at least, I have not seen it. Among other Heaths (Gray) I noticed that there seemed to be atotal absence of (aultheria procumbens, so common with us in Woburn, at Scot’s Bay ; it seems to be supplanted by the Chiogenes. I did not notice the Halmia latifolia, Azalea viscosa, A. nudiflora, and Rhodora Canadensis, all of which are HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. 313 very common Heathworts with us in Woburn or Amherst, Mass. Mitchella repens was far less abundant than Cornus Canadensis, just as the reverse is true with usin Woburn. Juglans Carya, Quercus, and Castenea, sparingly represented. Fagus very com- mon; Abies also, and Larix. Juniperus Virginiana not found at all. J. communis by no means abundant. Of course, the above notes are very imperfect, and are confined mainly to Scot’s Bay, where I was obliged to pass through more or less woodland, etc., on my way to the shores of the Bay of Fundy.” The list of plants is made out to correspond with Dr. Lindsay’s *€ catalogue” :— RaNuNCULACES. Clematis Virginiana, L. n. N. Glasgow, Pictou. Hepatica triloba, Chaix. Nesbit’s Island, Windsor, Hants. Thalictrum Cornuti, L. Digby Gut, Digby. (7 ft, high; 8 ft. at Windsor Falls.) Ranunculus cymbalaria, Pursh. Falmouth, Hants. R. repens, L. Windsor, oG R. acris, L. Wirdsor, ‘“ MAGNoLiAces. Liriodendron tulipifera, L. Waverley House, Canning, King’s, (‘‘ a small tree, cultivated,”) E. A. Thompson. BeERBERIDACEZ. Berberis Vulgaris, L. Windsor, Hants, (cultivated.) NyMpH# ACER. Nuphar advena, Ait. Windsor, Hants. PAPAVERACER. Papaver somniferum, L. Windsor, Hants, (introduced.) FoMARIACER. Corydalis glauca, Willd. St. Croix, Hants. CruciFEeR. Cakile Americana, Nutt. Halifax Harbour, DrOSERACES. Drosera rotundifolia, L. Scots’ Bay, Kings; E. A. Thompson. CARYOPHYLLACES. Saponaria officinalis, L. Windsor, Hants, (escaped. ) . Lychnis githago, Lam. New Glasgow, Pictou, (introd.) 314 HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. Honkenya peploides, D. C. Cerastium viscosum, L. Sagina procumbens, L. Spergularia rubra, Pers. Var. Marina. TILIACEA. Tilia Europea. GERANIACER. Oxalis acetosella, L. Geranium Carolinianum, L. G. Robertianum, L. Impatiens fulva, L. VITACER. Ampelopsis quinquefolia. CELASTRACE. Enonymus Americanus, L. STAPHYLEACES. Staphylea primata. SaPINDACES. A. Esculus Hippocastanum, L. Acer. pseudo-platanus, L. LEGUMINOSEZX. Vicia tetraspermum, L. YV. cracea, L. Lathyrus maritimus, Bigelow. Apios tuberosa. RosacEs#, Cratzgus oxyacantha, L, Amelanchier Canadensis, Var. Botryapium, Gray. Dalibarda repens, L. Rosa lucida, Ehrhart. R. Carolina. | ONAGRACEZ. Epilobium angustifolium, L. Halifax Harbour. Windsor, Hants. Windsor, Hants. Windsor, Hants; Halifax Harbour. Windsor, Hants, (planted.) Windsor, Hants; H.; Scots’ Bay, Kings ; KE. A. Thompson. . Windsor, Hants ; Rev. J. B. Uniacke. ~ Spencer’s Isl.,Cum.; Marble Mt., C.B. n. Digby, Moose River, Digby, Windsor, Hants, (cultivated. ) Windsor, Hants, (cultivated.) Windsor, Hants, (cultivated. ) Windsor, Hants, (planted.) Canning, King’s; E. A. Thompson ; (cultivated—‘ fine tree.’’) not Windsor, Hants, asin‘ Catalogue.” Granville, Annap. ; E. A. Thompson. Parrsboro’, Cumb.; Long Isl., C. B.; Halifax Harbour. Windsor, Hants, (brought from Little Harbour, Pictou; Indian name is Sagaban. ) Windsor, Hants. Windsor, Hants. (Indian Pear, Mul- berry.) Bloomfield, Digby. Windsor, Hants. not Windsor, Hants, as in ** Cat.” Pictou ; Colchester. HOW—NOVA: SCOTIA PLANTS. 315 CRASSULACER. Sedum rhodiola, D. C. n. Margaretville, Annap.? (intr.) HAMAMELACES. Hamamelis Virginica, L, n. Windsor; Chester Road ; Windsor Falls ; Windsor, Hants. UMBELLIFER. Heracleum lanatum, Michx. Marble Mt., C. B. Conium maculatum, L. Chester, Lunenburg. ? CornacEz. . Cornus Canadensis, L. Scots’ Bay, Kings; E, A. Thompson. C. alternifolia, L. Mt. Uniacke, Hants, (Herb, J.B. U.) CAPRIFOLIACER. Symphoricarpus racemosus, Michx. Windscr, (cultivated. ) Sambucus pubens, Michx. N. Mt., Annapolis. ‘* White Elder,” ‘¢ Poison Elder.” Viburnum nudum, L. Kentville, King’s. Lonicera periclymenum. Granville, Annapolis; E. A. T. RUBIACES. Galium trifidum, L. Marble Mt., C. B. Var. Tinctorium. Mitchella ripens, L. Scots’ Bay, King’s; H. A. T. Houstonia cerulea, L. Windsor, Hants ; Horton Bluff, King’s, Halifax Common. ComposiTz. Kupatorium perfoliatum, L. Mt. Uniacke, Hants; Gates’ Mt’n., Annapolis. f Tussilago farfara, L. Horton Bluff, King’s. Tanacetum vulgare, L. Windsor. , Graphalium polycephalum, Michx.Coldbrook, King’s. Ambrosia artemisizfolia, L. Kentville, King’s. Achillea millefolium, L. Wilmot, Anvapolis (rose-colour. ) Lappa major, Geertn, Windsor. Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Derf. | Windsor. Sonchus arvensis. Halifax Harbour. CAMPANULACES. Campanula rotundifolia, L. D. Gut, Gulliver’s Hole, Digby. ERICACEz. Gaylussacia resinosa, Torr. & Gr. Gold R., Chester, Lunenburg; Gen- eral’s Bridge, Annapolis. Vaccinium macrocarpon, Ait, Falmouth, Hants; Dr. Harding. 316 HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. Chiogenes hispidula, Torr. & Gr. Digby Neck, H.; Hantsport, Hants ; Scots’ Bay, King’s; E. A. T. Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng. Wilmot, Annapolis; G. Robertson. Cassandra calyculata, Don. Andromeda polifolia, L. Moneses uniflora. Chimaphila umbellata. Monotropa uniflora, L. M. Hypopitys, L. Ilex glabra, Gray. PLANTAGINACER. Plantago major, L. P. lanceolata, L. PLUMBAGINACEZ: Staticé Limonium, L. PRIMULACER. Anagallis arvensis, L. SCROPHULARIACES. Veronica scutellata, L. Gerardia purpurea, L. Euphrasia officinalis, L. Rhinanthus crista-galli, L. VERBENACES. Verbena hastata, L. LABIATER. Monarda didyma, L. Nepeta Cataria, L. N. Glechoma, Benth. Galeopsis Tetrahit, L. Leonurus cardiaca, L. Calamintha clinopodium, Benth. BoRRAGINACER. Mertensia maritima, Don. CONVOLVULACE. Convolvulus arvensis, L. Calystegia sepurm, R. Bronn. Mt. Uniacke; Rev. J. B. Uniacke. do. do. Scots’ Bay, Kings; HE. A. T. Pembroke, Hants. n. Digby. College Woods, Windsor, Hants, (under spruce, not pine.) N. W. Arm, Halifax; Capt. Hardy. Windsor. Windsor. Racket, Digby ; Hantsport, Hants. Granville, Annapolis; E. A. T. Wilmot, Annapolis, (not Windsor, as in ‘* Cat.”) Gulliver’s Hole, Sea Wall, ete., Digby. Scots’ Bay, King’s; H. A. T. Windsor, Falmouth, Hants; H. Granville, Annapolis; E. A. T. Nictaux Mines, Annapolis. Windsor, (cultivated.) Windsor, (eultivated.) Windsor, (escaped. ) Scots’ Bay, Kings; E. A. T. Windsor. St. Croix, Hants. ? Beach, Gulliver’s Hole, Digby. Windsor. Windsor, (H.); Canning, King’s; BE. Awd. | HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. 317 SoLANACEA®, Nicandra physaloides, Gertn. Datura Stramonium, L. GENTIANACER. Windsor, (escaped.) Windsor, (escaped. ) Limnanthemum lacunosum, Griseb.Lakes between Windsor and Halifax ; OLEACER. Ligustrum Vulgare, L. CHENOPODIACEE. Chenopodium album, L. Sueda maritima, Dumortier, POLYGONACER. Polygonum arifolium, L, P. cilinode, Michx. Rumex crispus, L. EUPHORBIACEE. Euphorbia nelioscopia, L. E. cyparissias. CuPULIFERZ. Fagus ferruginea, Ait. Corylus Americana, Walt. Ostrya Virginiea. CoNIFER&. Pinus strobus, L. Abies balsamea, Marshall. A. nigra, Poir. A. alba, Michx. A. Canadensis, Michx. Larix Americana, Michx. Thuja occidentalis, L. Juniperus communis, L. TYPHACER. Typha lalifolia, L. NaIADACEZ. Potamogeton lucens, L. Var. rufescens, Schreber. P heterophyllus, Schreber. Rev. J, B. Uniacke. Windsor, (planted. ) Windsor. Windsor. Windsor Road, 15 miles from Halifax, N. Mt., Granville, Annap.; E. A. T. Windsor. Windsor. Windsor, (escaped. ) Marble Mt., C. B. Ponhook Lake, Windsor; E. Mt’n., Onslow, Col. Hantsport, Hants; E. A. T. Windsor. Windsor. Windsor, (‘* back in the woods.”) Windsor, (‘‘ the common spruce.”) Windsor. Windsor, H.; Scots’ Bay; E. A. T. Windsor, (planted, does not flourish.) Mt. Uniacke, Hants; Part. Isl., Cum.; H.; Scots’ Bay, King’s; E. A. T. Windsor. Windsor Junction. ? Welsford, Halifax. ? 318 HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. ORCHIDACES. Habenaria cbtusata, Richardson, Pine Tree, Merigomish. ? Spiranthes cernua, Richard. © Wilmot, Ammap.; Stillwater, Hants. ? Arethusa bulbosa, L. Mt. Uniacke, Hants; Rev. J. B.U. Calopogon pulchellus, R. Brown. 8 ‘miles from Springville, Cumb. ; H. H. Jan. Microstylis ophioglossoides, Nutt. Ponhook Road, Windsor. ? Cypripedium arietinum, R.Brown.Newport ; Rev. J. B. Uniacke. TRIDACE. ; Tris versicoler, L. Windsor. SMILACES. Trillium cernuum, L. Windsor; Rev. A. F. Hiltz. LILIace2&. Smilacina Racemosa, Desf. Uniacke, Hants; Rev. J. B. U. Clintonia borealis, Raf. Pembroke, Hants, J UNCACE, Juncus bulbosus, L. Windsor. In conclusion, I may direct attention to a list of “ 85 varieties of various woods grown ‘in the Prevince,” published in the catalozue of the N. S. department, International Exhibition, 1862, by Amos Fales, Jr., Wilmot. List of the rarer plants collected at Glave Bay, C. B., by Henry Poole, Esq. :— Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Pursh. Moneses uniflora, Salish. Actea spicata, L. Statice limonium, L. Viola pubescens, Ait. Chelone glabra, L. Lotus corniculatus, L. Eur. Veronica seutellata, L. Lathyrus maratimus, Bigelow. V. Americana, Schweinitz. Comarum palustre, R. V. officinalis, L. (Potentilla palustris, Ait.) Euphrasia officinalis, L. Potentilla anserina, L. Echium vulgare, L. P. tridentata, Ait. Mertensia maritima, Don. Mitella nuda, L. Cypripedium spectabile, Swartz. Cotyledon umbilicus ? Tu. Calopogon pulchellus, R. Brown. Nardosomia palmata, Hook. Equisetum-pratense, Ehrh. Lobelia Kalmii, L. Aspidium (Lastrea,) ‘Thelypteris, Campanula rotundifolia, L. Swartz. HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. 319 Pyrola rotundifolia, L. Aspidium Filix-mas, Swartz. P. elliptica, Nutt. Marchantia polymorpha, L. P, secunda, L. In the notes appended to the list, I omitted to mention Lobelia, Kalmii, as an addition to the flora not being obgerved by any other Provincial collector. The object of the foregoing list is no doubt that of presenting an additional location for species already described, since all contain- ed therein, with the exception of seventeen, will be found in the catalogue appended to vol. 1v., p. 11, of our Transactions, 1875 and 1876. The major part of them have not been before credited to Hants County, although the species in the present list from other places appear in the catalogue under their respective localities. Of the seventeen additional species denoted by italics, five are cul- tivated exotics, and two are garden escapes, leaving twelve to be accounted indigenous additions to the Provincial Flora. I may be excused for remarking here upon the concluding notes of Prof. How’s preface, viz., those furnished him by Mr. Thompson, affording as they do, an example of error, to which all are liable by generalizing from a narrow field of observation. In one place, he remarks upon what seemed to him a total absence of Gaultheria, procumbens, and of its substitution by chiogenes. Such a cir- cumstance may be true of Scot’s Bay, but it would be wrong to imply that the same held good for the whole Province. A reference to the published catalogue gives as localities, Hants, Halifax, Guysborough. It is very plentiful in Halifax county, and can be found within convenient distance from the city. It is moreover more abundant than chiogenes, although yver often they accompany each other. Likewise, he notices the absence of Rho- dora Canadensis, scarcely excepting the Vaccinie, the most abun- dant and wide-spread of our Heathworts. The failure was, no ‘doubt, owing to the season at which the locality was under observa- tion. The Rhodora, it must be remembered, is an eaily bloom, putting forth, previous to leafing. It is usually out of blossom by the time that its leaves are fully expanded. It is rare to finda specimen for the Herbarium with perfect flowers and leaves toge- G 320 HOW—NOVA SCOTIA PLANTS. ther. Those, who in early Spring observe the purpling of our road- sides and field borders by its masses of bloom can never separate it from our landscapes. In the catalogue it is denoted in all locali- ties observed. Mitchella repens, also referred to, is by no means scarce, as the catalogue shows, though truly less abundant than Cornus Canadensis, an observation which obtains for those parts of the New England States which I have visited. As for Juniperus communis, the botanist who struggles through uncultivated pastures or pine openings, etc., in quest of plants, is in this locality, (Hali- fax), at least, unpleasantly reminded of its abundance. q The interest attaching to Mr. Poole’s list arises from the presence there of two foreign species, both occurring in the British Flora, but not before described as American, at least we fail to find them in the books on American Botany. ‘These are Lotus cornicu- lata Ord. Leguminose, and Cotyledon umbilicus, Ord. Crassulacez. We may conclude with safety that both are importations, derived from Britain, like a host of others, which to all appearance are indigenous ; both orders supply us with many. introduced plants which have spread themselves either widely or in very few localities. We have in this locality (Halifax) Medicago, Vicia, etc., of the Leguminous order, now spontaneous. Sedum, acre, and §. rho- diola of the Crassulacex in like circumstances. I noticed recently, also, the occurrence Linaria vulgaris, in two places near Halifax, viz., the termination of the Coburg Road, and a fallow field on the Chebucto Road. We cannot attach too much importance to the separation of our indigenous species from those which have been introduced, the latter are annually encroaching upon the former, and are in many instances supplanting ‘them, being aided by the increase of our agricultural area, and the destruction of the forests. Our efforts should be at the present time directed towards collecting and recording the existence of native plants, leaving the others for future effort. ‘To me it seems as unscientific to include introduced plants in our list of aboriginal species, as it would be to enumerate our domestic animals as being members of our native fauna. Iam therefore, compelled to confess that the published catalogue to which JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. 42] / I have so often referred, contains many such species presented with- out explanation as to their origin. The list which formed the basis of this catalogue was prepared by myself, and contained very few species, not indigenous, but in its subsequent compilation the numerous additions from other sources caused the introduction of many species not of native origin, many of which are presented without comment, a circumstance, which was owing to the short time afforded for preparation for the press, along with other exigen- cies which prevented me from giving it that amount of attention and care which it deserved. The foregoing explanation is deemed to be requisite for those who cannot avoid observing the errors referred to. J. SOMMERS, For Editing Com. Art. [X.—Mo.uusca oF Nova SCOTIA, (CORRECTED TO DATE, 1877.) By J. MATTHEW JONES, F. L. S. CLASS CONCHIFERA. Fam. PHOLADIDa. Leach. Teredo navalis, L. This species is inserted in Mr. Willis’s privately printed list with a query. It was taken from a log in a spar-yard at Dartmouth. Marine Slip timbers at Pictou. (Whiteaves.) T. dilatata, St. Very large specimens have been received from Sable Island, taken from wreck timber. (Witlis.) T. Norvagica, Speng. Marine Slip timbers at Pictou. (White- aves.) Zirphea crispata, Morch. Large specimens have been received from Sable Island. ( Willis.) Fam. SoLENID. Ensatella Americana, Verrill. Sandy shores; whole coast. Siliqua squama, St. Fishing banks; rare. ( Willis.) 7 422 JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. ‘ S. costata, Ad. Fishing banks. (Willis.) Solenomya velum, Say. Fishing banks; very rare. (Wiéillis.) S. borealis, Tott. Fishing banks; very rare. (Willis.) Halifax harbour ; rare. (Verrill.) Panopea arctica, Gould. Halifax harbour. Glycymeris siliqua, Lam. Halifax harbour. Sable Island beach ; dead specimens. .( Willis.) Fam. MYAD&. Mya arenaria, L. Halifax harbour, ete.; very common. M. truncata, L. Halifax harbour; not uncommon. Fam. CoRBULID2. Corbula contracta, Say. Newra arctica. La Have banks. : Fam. PANDORIDZ. Clidiophora trilineata, Carp. Halifax harbour; rare. I have only dredged stray valves. Northumberland Strait, north of Pictou Island. (Whiteaves.) Fam. ANATINIDA. Lyonsia arenosa, Morch. Halifax harbour. Periploma papyracea, Verrill. Sable Island. (Wallis.) Cochlodesma leanwm, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) Thracia Conradi, Couth. Fishing banks. (Willis.) T. myopsis, Beck. Halifax harbour. (Smith and Harger.) Fishing banks. (Wéilis.) T. truncata, Migh and Ad. Fishing banks. (Willis.) Fam. MAcTRADA. Mactra solidissima, Chemn. Sandy beaches; whole coast. I have a specimen in my collection, presented to me by the late Mr. Willis, measuring in length 74 inches, and 64 inches in extreme breadth. It came from Sable Island. M. ovalis, Gould.. Sable Island. (Willis.) Mulinia lateralis, Gray. bes HF JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. 433 Ceronia arctata, Ad. Sable Island. ( Willis.) C. deawrata, Gould. Sable Island. (Willis.) Fam. KELLIADZ. Kellia planulata, St. Sable Island. (Willis.) K. suborbicularis, Turt. Sable Island. (Witllis.) Turtonia minuta, Ald. Sable Island. (Wzllis.) Fam. GASTROCHANIDA. Saaicava arctica, Desh. Whole coast; common. _ Petricola pholadiformis, Lam. Sable Island. (Willis.) North- umberland Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Fam. TELLINIDA. Macoma fusca, Gould. Halifax harbour. Fishing banks. (Willis.) M. sabulosa, Morch. Halifax harbour. (Smith and Harger.) Fishing banks. (Wellis.) Tellina tenera, Say. Fishing banks. (Willis.) Fam. LUCINIDA. Cryptodon Gould, St. Fam. CYCLADIDA. Spheriwm simile, Gould. Truro, N.S. (McCulloch.) S. partumevwm, Prime. Fresh-water lakes; common. Pisidium dubiwm, Gould. Fresh-water lakes. Fam. CYPRINIDZ. Astarte castanea, Say. Halifax harbour. Sable Island. ( Wells.) Off Cape Sable. (Verrill.) . crebricostata, Forbes and Hanley. Halifax harbour. . sulcata, Flem. Halifax harbour. " . senrsulcata, Gray. . elliptica, McGilliv. LaHave Bank. (Smith and Harger.) . Banks, Leach. LaHave Bank. (Smith and Harger.) .undata, Gould. Northumberland Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) | . mm & & & ADA JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. Cyprina Islandica, Lam. Halifax harbour; common. North- umberland Straits, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Fam. VENERIDZ. Callista convexa, Ad. Halifax harbour. Sable Island. ( Willis.) Venus mercenaria, L. Whole coast ; common. Tapes fluctuosa, Desh. Fishing banks. (Willis.) Tottenia gemma, Perkins. Fam. CARDIADA. Cardium Islandicum, lL. Halifax harbour. Cardium pinnulatum, Conr. Halifax harbour. Northumber- land Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Levicardium Mortoni, Verrill. Halifax harbour. Serripes Grénlandicus, Beck. Halifax harbour. St. Mar- ~ garet’s Bay. (Wullis.) Cyclocardia borealis. Fishing banks. (Willis.) Fam. ARCADZ. Arca pectunculoides. Off Halifax harbour. Nucula tenuis, Turt. Sambro Banks. (Willis.) N. proxima, Say. Fishing banks. (Wellis.) NV. delphinodonta, Migh. Northumberland Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Yoldia limatula, St. Fishing banks. (Wéilzs.) Northumber- land Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Y. obesa, St. Halifax harbour. Y. thracieformis, St. Halifax harbour. Y. sapotilla, St. Halifax harbour. Northumberland Strait, off North Shore. (Whiteaves.) Y. myalis, Gould. St. Mary’s Bay, Digby Co. (Verkruzen.) Leda tennisulcata, Couth. Halifax harbour. L. minuta, Mol. LI. caudata, Loven. Fam. UNIONIDE. Unio complanatus, Lea. Fresh water lakes and streams. U. radiatus, Barnes.. Grand Lake. ( Willis.) JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. 325 Margaritana arcuata, St. Fresh water lakes and streams. Anodon implicata, Gould. Inland lakes; rare. ( Willis.) Fam. MYTILID2. Mytilus, edulis, L. var, pellucida. All rocky shores. Modiola modiolus, Turt. All rocky shores. M. plicatula, Lam. Northern coast. (Willis). Modiolaria nigra, Loven. Halifax harbour. M. discors, Beck. Halifax harbour. M. corrugata, Morch. Halifax harbour. Crenella glandula, Ad. Halifax harbour. ( Willis). C. nigra. Northumberland Strait, off Pictou Island. ( White- aves ). Fam... PECTENIDZ. Pecten tenuicostatus, Migh and Ad. Whole coast. One in my collection, presented by the late Mr. Willis, measures over 64 in. P. islandicus, Chemn. Whole coast. P. irradians, Lam. Sable Island. (Willis). P. pustulatus. LaHave bank. ( Willis). Fam. OSTRA#IDA. Ostrea virginiana, List. Northern coast. Anomia glabra, Verrill. Halifax harbour Off Cape Sable, Sfath. (Verrill). : A. aculeata, Gmel. A. electrica, L. A. squamula, L. CLASS BRACHIOPODA. Fam. TEREBRATULID. Terebratulina septentrionalis, Couth. I have found this species very abundant in one particular part of the harbour ; adult and young, in all stages of growth together, generally much cover- ed by a sponge; 10 fath. 8 : 4 326 JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. Fam. RHYNCONELLIDZ. Rhynconella pisttacea, Owen. St. Margaret’s Bay, LaHave Bank, (Smithand Harger ), Halifax harbour, (Smith and Harger ) Waldhermia cranium, Gd. One single specimen only has yet been obtained on our coast, at St. Margaret’s Bay. CLASS GASTEROPODA. Fam. BULLIDs#. Philine quadrata, Searles Wood. Fishing banks. ( Willis). P. lineolata, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis). Scaphander puncto-striatus, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis) Diaphana debilis, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis). Utriculus pertenuis, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis). Cylichna alba, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis). ORDER NUDIBRANCHIATA. Fam. TRITONIDZ. Dendronotus arborescens, Ald. and Han. Halifax harbour. D. robustus, Verrill. Thirty miles 8. E. from Chebucto Head; 110 fathoms. Eolis nana? Ald. and Han. Piles, Halifax harbour. Verrill. Fam. CHITONID. Trachydermon ruber, Carp. Halifax harbour. T. marmoreus, Fabr. Halifax harbour. T. albus, Lowe. Halifax harbour. Amicula Hmersonii, St. Halifax harbour. Fam. DENTALIDZ. Siphonodentaliwm 2 La Have Bank. Fam. PATELLID. Acmea testudinalis, Forbes and Hanley. All rocky shores. Lepeta ceca, Gd. Fishing banks; very rare. ( Willis.) tii sc JONES —MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. 327 Fam. CALYPTRAIDA. Crepidula fornicata, Lam. Whole coast. C. plana, Say. Sable Island; Northern shores; Bay of Fundy. (Willis.) La Have Bank. (Smith and Harger.) C. convewa, Say. Sable Island. ( Willis.) Fam. FISSURELLID&. Cemoria Noachina, Gd. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) Fam. JANTHINIDA. Janthina fragilis, Desh. Sable Island; occasionally as a drift shell. Fam. TROCHIDA. Margarita cinerea, Gd. Fishing banks. ( Willzs.) M. undulata, Sow. Fishing banks. ( Wills.) M. helicina, St. Halifax harbour. M. argentata, Gd. . M. obscura, Gd. M. varicosa, Migh. and Ad. Halifax harbour. (Smith and Harger.) . Fam. PALUDINIDA. Valvata tricarmmata, Say. Lakes in the interior. Melantho decisa, W.G. Binney. Dartmouth lakes, We. Amnicola limosa, Hald. Ponds and stagnant waters. Fam. LITTORINIDA. Skeenea planorbis, Forbes and Hanley. Lacuna vincta. Gd. Whole coast. Inttorina rudis, Gd. All rocky shores. | L. tenebrosa, Gd. All rocky shores. | L. littorea, Johnston. _ All rocky shores. ! L. palliata, Gd. All rocky shores. Fam. ScCALARIDA. Scalaria Graoenlandica, Sow. Halifax harbour, LaHave Bank, (Smith and Harger). e 328 JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. Fam. TURRITELLIDA. Turritella erosa, Couth. Fishing banks. ( Willis). T. reticulata, Migh and Ad. Halifax harbour. T. acicula, St. Halifax harbour. Fam. CERITHIIDA. Aporrhais occidentalis. Sow. Halifax harbour, LaHave Bank, (Smith and Harger), Annapolis Basin, (Verkrwzen). Bittuum nigrum, St. Whole coast. | Fam. PYRAMIDELLIDA. i Turbonilla interrupta, Tott. Northumberland Strait; north | shore, ( Whiteaves ). Menestho albula, Moll. Fishing banks; rare. ( Willis). Fam. VELUTINID. Velutina haliotoidea, Gd. Fishing banks. ( Wallis). , V. zonata, Gd. Halifax harbour. Fam. NATICIDs. Lunatia heros, St. All sand beaches. L. Groenlandica, Gd. Natica clawsa, Brod. and Sow. Halifax harbour. Lunatia immaculata, Ad. Fishing banks. (Willis). North- umberland Strait, off Pictou Island, ( Whiteaves). Bulbus flavus, St. Fishing banks. ( Wallis). Amauropsis helicoides, St. Fishing banks. ( Wills). Fam. TURRITIDA. Pleurotoma plicata, Ad. Fishing banks. ( Willis). Bela turricula, St. Fishing banks. (Willis). B. harpularia, St. Halifax harbour: Bela violacea, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) B. decussata, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) B. pleurotomaria, St. Halifax harbour. B. cancellata, St. Northumberland Strait. ( Whiteaves.) JONES—MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. 329 Fam. COLUMBELLID. Astyris rosacea, H. & A. Ad. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) Fam. PURPURIDA. Purpura lapillus, Lam. All rocky shores. Ilyanassa obsoleta, St. Halifax harbour; Pictou; Annapolis Basin. Tritia trivittata, Ad. Halifax harbour; Northumberland Strait, off Pictou. ( Whiteaves.) Buccinum undatum, L. Whole coast. B. ciluatum, Gd. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) Fam. MURICIDZ. Neptunea curta, Verrill. Halifax harbour. Neptunella pygmcea, Verrill. Halifax harbour. Neptunea ventricosus, Gray. Sable Island. N. decemcostatus, Halifax harbour; LaHave bank. (Verrill.) Trophon clathratus, St. Halifax harbour. T. scalariformis, Gd. Halifax harbour. T. Gunneri, LaHave bank. (Smith and Harger.) Ptychatractus ligatus, St. Halifax. ( Willis.) Fam. CANCELLARIDA. Trichotropis borealis, Sow. Halifax harbour. Admete viridula, St. Fishing banks. ( Willis.) SUB-CLASS PULMONIFERA. Fam. HELIcip#. Hyalina cellaria, Morse. Halifax; scarce. (Wiilis.) H. arborea, Morse. Neighbourhood of Halifax ; scarce. ( Willis.) H. electrina, Morse, do. do. H. chersina, Binney, do. do. HI. lineata, Binney, do. do. Helix alternata, Say. Only found in the interior of the country and not on the Atlantic Coast. 330 JONES—-MOLLUSCA OF NOVA SCOTIA. H. striatella, Anth. Neighbourhood of Halifax ; scarce. ( Willis.) H. hirsuta, Say. do. common. H. pulchella, Mill. do. not uncommon. H. hortensis, Mill. Whole country; common. The yellow variety is far more abundant than the striped. Succinea obliqua, Say. Stagnant waters; Halifax, &c. S. avara, Say. doe do. Fam. AURICULIDA. Alexia myosotis, Pf. Fam. LIMNZID. Limnea columella, Say. In most lakes and ponds; common. L. elodes, Say. Truro marshes: common. L. catascopium, Say. Dartmouth Lakes; rare. (Willis.) L. humilis, Say. Pond at Fort Needham, Halifax. Physa heterostropha, Say. Truro marshes ; common. P. ancillaria, Say. Dartmouth Lakes. ( Willis.) Bulinus elongatus, Binney. Truro marshes; not common. Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Dartmouth Lakes ; common. P. bicarinatus, Say. do. P. dejlectus, Say. do. P. dilatatus, Gould. do. Ancylus parallelus, Hald. Fresh water lakes and streams; common. id: gts na By bf TA eee ee ae : NOVA SCOTIAN INSTITUTE OF NATURAL SCIENCE, HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA. Patron—His Honor The LizuTenant GOVERNOR. COUNCIL, 1876-1. J. B. Giupin, B, A., M.-D., M. R. C_8., President. Witi1am Gossip, FREDERICK ALLIson,M. A. Rev. D. Honeyman, D. C. L., F.G.S., : Secs elaviza. Joun T. Metuisu, M. A. W. C. Sriver, Treasurer. } Vice-Presidents. A. P. Rew, M.D. fe} J. M. DeWorre, M.D., M.R.C.S. J. Sommers, M. D. SHerirFr Bex. L. G. Power. Proresson LAWSON. Roser? Morrow. -Aveustus ALLISON. The Anniversary Meeting of the Institute is held on the second Wednesday in October of every year. The Monthly Ordinary Meetings of the Institute, when papers are read, are held on the Second Monday evening in every month, commencing in November and ending in May. PROCEEDINGS AND TRANSACTIONS Or THE ova Scotian Gosttat of Aatural Science OF HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA. VOLAV. 1875-76. at tA RD oe CONTENTS. Page INIT SIERNOR ee Co yet fee Me a Bor Ee Ws ete ant PRN 1to3 MUMEUTMCMOREU IE TUE TUR Amer Sc too Yalees Shecs dak Calsheas. oadcee S Bh ewe da Wow ieee Hp Tee ee 3 to 4 TRANSACTIONS :— Art. I.—A Month Among the Geological Formations of New Brunswick. By Rev. D. HoneyMan, D. C. L., F.G.8., Director of the Provin- cial Museum, Halifax Bere oe eae a ROR CR EE ee) YS Ieit et - 1,—On the Smaller Cetaceans Inhabiting the Bay of Bees and Shores of Nova Scotia. By J. Bernarp Gitpin, A. B., M. D., M.R.C.S, 21 IIl.—Spontaneous Generation, or Predestinated Generation. “By ANDREW [oe RENE wae aie ne elaaal Awe yok a hore PS. A SAN wiceead, Qe Arp Eee 34 IV.—Halifux Meteorology, 1874. By Freprerick Atuison, M. A., Chief MEICOLULOGLOD as AGENTS Ons Od Shes oS wa Gvate pacino aw eRrig eet 42 Vz —Nova Scotian Geology—Ant zonshe County. By the Rev. Dr. Honry- man, D.C. L., F. G.S.,:&¢., Director of the Provincial Museum, > Halifax, NV. cA eam eal: Sepals See eh x IRN ssp oi cel 1G), Cie ee Bs ea 47 she : VI.—On the Serpents of Nova Scotia. By J. Bernarp Ginpin, A. B., M.D., ae POEM eta io. oie a 9 ea: Mais Sealed fei aro, eee Ov oo Dida 80 -———sCY WI. —The Suuthern Synclinal of the Pictou Coal Field. By Epwin Gixpiy, DVB sea CL Sa WG tes EN Lene ees Hk: 4 Woe ate ate, Gael ae 89 VIL.—On the Analysis of Two Spring Hill Coals. By Henry How. ... ... 98. " ‘HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA—WM. GOSSIP, 87 GRANVILLE ST. = ENGLAND—REEVES & TURNER, 196 STRAND, LONDON. | UNITED STATES—THE NATURALIST AGENCY, SALEM, MASS. 1876. os ee Price. Five Shillings. LIBRARY NEW YORK . we BOTANICAL GARDEN PRO Ki: EP ne OP TLE 5 . Fad dutis Mesa gtENER YE ae a ee fy wah ay BY Re ped onta: i th, tt oh a By Af Betis Cronk Saat, Fé er fein y. 2 lis pcy “ay miro ie Ty w fee - Laie eee a eg Wigtane { ace ae BU merh Linik: eh bn haa i eee eae AS Bo nat ce. Yau Bae bp s, Sera, ay “tae da gt a | Peet wa Ne rH Ae Hikes & pant atta Fe ete S223 ix, ae ct mek Nee BF aaesec Phis Pepe? era oth nvineeeal hha, Fangs 3 vel Nae Rye torick, | aad Recs we pe ni eve sie oy hes spe mwah mean 5 Des wae pik PART: ES ‘hf Mobad Sui ‘? ‘ Or, death iter ole ted waljguers i-staty toa fsa: pes a eg ah hie Pecisnden ia fg atid | ; ate at z= ee o = a ~~» PROCEEDINGS Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Srience. VOlIVE Te AKT i Institute Room, Province Building, Oct. 18th, 1874.. ANNIVERSARY MEETING. Dr. J. B. Givein, B. A., M. D., M. R. C. S., in the Chair. Inter Alia. Tur following gentlemen were elected office-bearers for the ensuing: year :— President—J. B. Giutrin, B. A., M. D., M. R. C.S. Vice-Presidents—Wwmn. Gossip, Frep. Atuison, M. A. Secretaries—Rev. D. Honeyman, D.C. L., F. G. S., A. Ross. Council—Rev. Dr. WarreEN, A. P. Reip, M.D., Rev. A. S. Hunt, M.A., Rozert Morrow, G. Lawson, Ph. D., L. L. D., J. R. DeEWotr, M. D.,. « M. R. C.S8., Sheriff Bett, Augustus Agama ‘% OrRpDINARY MererinG, 9th Nov., 1874. WitirAm Gossip, Vice-President, in the Chair. s The SkcRETARY announced that the Council had duly elected Professor A ) KENNEDY, Prof. How, D. C. L., and Rev. Jonn McKinnon, as Associate = Members, and J. M. Jonzs, Esq., as a Corresponding Member. <) Dr. HoneyMaAN read a paper entitled ‘‘ A Month among the Geological Formations of New Brunswick.” This paper was illustrated by a Geological “sketch map ef New Brunswick, and numerous specimens of rocks and fossils. OrpinARY MueTING, Dec. 14, 1874. J. BERNARD GILPIN, M. D., etc., President, in the Chair. The SrecrRETARY announced that Messrs. JoHN M. WALKER, and’ ~ Tuomas Roxperrson, had been elected members of the Institute. “2 Dr. A. P. Rep gave some account of his experiments in the manufacture: of Gaseous products at the Halifax Gas.Works. C8 75 444 PROCEEDINGS. ORDINARY MEETING, Jan. 11, 1875. J. BERNARD GitpPin, B. A., M. D., President, in the Chair. The SECRETARY announced that the following gentlemen, proposed at a previous meeting, had been duly elected members: JOHN ForBEs, JouN T, Me uisga, M. A., J. Somers, M. D., and ANDREW DEWAR. The PreEsIDENT read a paper ‘* On the Porpoises and Dolphins of Nova Scotia.” The paper was beautifully illustrated by Diagrams, and by parts of the Porpoise and Dolphin. ‘ A paper “ On Magnetism,” by Dr. T. R. FRASER, was read by the Vice- President. Orpinary MEETING, March 8, 1875. A. Ross in the Chair. ‘The SECRETARY announced that the Council had elected A. H. McKay, B. A., an Associate Member. Dr. A. P. Rerp read a paper ‘* On Cheap Gas.” Dr. LAwson, submitted analysis of specimens of ice from Halifax Harbor. OrpINARY MEETING, April 12, 1875. The PRESIDENT in the Chair. Mr. ANDREW Dewar, read a paper “ On Spontaneous Generation.” This paper elicited considerable discussion, and a majority of those present expressed themselves as opposed to the theory advanced; but the Pubiishing Committee, not wishing to constitute themselves rigid judges, have decided upon giving it a place in the TRaNsAcTIONS, leaving it open to the public for scientific criticism. Orpinary Meretine, May 10, 1875. Frep. ALuison, M.A., read an interesting paper “ On the Meteorology of Halifax, for 1873-74.” Dr. Honeyman also read an elaborate paper ‘‘ On Nova Scotian Geology, Antigonish County, etc.” Joun T. MELLISH, Secretary. Date of Admission. tile 1873. 1869. 1869. 1864. 1863. 1878. 1874. 1864. 1874. 1867. 1874. 1871. 1872. 1863. 1874. 1870. 1875. 1863. 1863. 1871. 1874. 1872. 1874. 1863. 1863. 1833. 1863. 1866. 1875. 1868. 1872. 1874. 18738. 1843. 1866. 1864. 1872. 1872. 1875. 1872. 1866. Jan. Feb. Feb. April Jan. Jan. April Noy. Feb. Sept. April April April May April Mar. Jan. Oct. Dec. Nov. April Feb. April Jan. Feb. Jan. Jure Dec. Noy. Novy. Feb. Dec. Jan. Jan. Feb. Mar: July May Jan. Feb. Feb. 15. 15. 26. eS NroPoanN of YN LiST OF MEMBERS. 445 LIST OF MEMBERS. Akin, T. B., D. C. L., Halifax. Allison, Augustus, Halifax. Allisen, Frederick, Halifax. Bell, Joseph, High Sheriff, Halifax. Belt, Thomas, F. G. S., Neweastle-on-Tyne, England. Binney, Edward, Halifax. Black, G. P., Halifax. Brown, C. E., Halifax. Brunton, Robert, Halifax. Cogswell, A. C., D. D. S., Halifax. Colford, Henry, Halifax. Compton, William, Halifax. Costley, John, Halifax. Cramp, Rev. Dr., Wolfville. Creighton, Aylwin, Halifax. Day, Forshaw, Artist, Halifax. Dewar, Andrew, Halifax. DeWolf, James R., M.D., Edin. L.R.C.S.E., Vicz-Pres., Dartmouth. Downs, Andrew, Cor. Memb. Z. S., Halifax. Egan, T. J., Taxidermist, Halifax. Forbes, John, Dartmouth. Foster, James, Barrister-at-Law, Halifax. Frith, G. R., Halifax. Gilpin, J. Bernard, M. D., M. R. C.S., Presipenr, Helifax. Gossip, William, Granville Street, Halifax. Haliburton, R. G., F. 8. A., Halifax. Alley PACZ Da CLs Halitaxe Honeyman, Rev. David, D.C.L., F.G.8., &c., Secretary, Halifax. How, Prof., King’s College. Hudson, James, M. E, Superintendent Albion Mines, Pictou. Hunt, Rev. A.S., A, M., Superintendent of Education, Halifax. Jack, Peter, Halifax. James, Alex., Barrister-at-Law, Halifax. Jones, J. Matthew, F. L. S., Halifax. Kelly, John, Deputy Chief Commissioner of Mines, Halifax. Lawson, George, Ph. D., L. L. D., Prof. of Chem. and Natural History, Dalhousie Gollege. Lawson, Walter, C. E., Montagu Gold Mines. Longley, J. W., Halifax. Mellish, John T., M. A., Halifax. McKay, Adam, Engineer, Dartmouth. Morrow, James B., Halifax. 446 LIST OF MEMBERS. 1872. Feb. 13. Morrow, Robert, Halifax. 1873. Mar. 10. Moseley, E., Dartmouth. 1870. Jan. 10. Murphy, Martin, C. E., Halifax. 1875. Nov. 9. McKinnon, Rey. John, Hopewell. 1865. Aug. 29. Nova Scotia, the Rt. Rev. Hibbert Binney, D. D., Lord Bishop of 1874. Mar. 9. Pitts, D. H., Halifax. 1873. Jan. 26. Poole, Henry, Derbyshire, England. . 1872. Nov. 11. Poole, H.S., F. G.S., Inspector of Mines, Halifax. 1870. Jan. 20. Power, L. G., Barrister-at-Law, Halifax. 1866. July 28. Reeks, Henry, Manor Hall, Truxton, Hamp., England. 1871. Nov. 29. Reid, A. P., M. D., Halifax. 1874. Nov. 9. Robertson, Thomas, Halifax. 1869. June 27. Ross, Angus, Ssc., Halifax. 1866. Jan. 8. Rutherford, John, M. E., Halifax. 1864. Mar. 7. Silver, W. C., Treasurer, Halifax. 1868. Nov. 25. Sinclair, John A., Halifax. 1872. May 1. Stewart, John J., Halifax. 1874. April 11. Stirling, W. Sawers, Halifax. 1875. Jan. 11. Sommers, J., M. D., Halifax. 1873. Jan. 13. Waddell, W. Henry, Halifax. 1874. Nov. 9. Walker, John M., Halifax. 1866. Mar. 18. Young, Sir William, Chief Justice of Nova Scotia, Halifax. ASSOCIATE MEMBER8. 1863. Oct. 6. Ambrose, Rey. John, A.M., Digby. 1873. April 11. Gilpin, Edwin, M. E., F. G.S., Halifax. 1864. July 1. Marett, Elias, St. John’s, Newfoundland. 1872. Feb. 5. McKay, Alexander, Principal of Schools, Dartmouth. 1875. Jan. 11. McKay, A. H., Pictou Academy. 1875. Nov. 9. Kennedy, Prof., Acadia College. 1865. Dec. 28. Morton, Rev. John, Trinadad. 1872. Mar. 27. Moseley, E. T., Barrister-at-Law, Cape Breton. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 1871. Nov. 29. Ball, Rev. E., Mahone Bay. 1868. Nov. 25. Bethune, Rev. J.S., Ontario. 1566. Sept. 29. Chevalier, Kdgecumb, H. M. Naval Yard, Pembroke, England. 1871. Nov. 1. Cope, Rev. J. C., Prestpent of New Orleans Academy of Science. 1870. Oct. 27. Harvey, Rev. Moses, St. John’s, Newfoundland. 1866. Feb. 6. Hurdis, J. L., Southampton, Fngland. 1871. Nov. 1. King, Dr, V. O., Vice-Pres. of the New Orleans Acad. of Science. 1878. April 14. Poole, H., Derbyshire, England. 1872. Feb. 5. Tennant, Prof. J., F.G.5S.,-F. Z.8., §¢., Mineralogist to H. M. the Queen, London, England. 1872. Noy. 11. Turner, Jabez, Madden Grange, Peterboro, England. LIFE MEMBER, Hon. Dr. Parker, M. L. C., Nova Scotia. TRANSACTIONS OF THE Nova Scotian Justitute of Natural Science. Art. I.—A Monty amone THE GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS OF New Brunswick. By Rev.eD. Honrrman, D.C. L., F. G. S., &c., Director of the Provincial Museum, Halifax. (Read November 9, 1874.) SAINT JOHN. Tis City and its surroundings abound in the picturesque. Metamorphism, upheaval, pressure, and glaciation, have hardened, tilted, faulted, twisted, hewn, polished, and striated its ancient rocks, giving boldness to the rock sculpture, and intricacy and variety of lineament. The rock formations of the City are re- garded as Huronian (Cambrian), Lower Silurian and Devonian. Carleton has Laurentian; on this the Suspension Bridge rests. Laurentian heights, separated from St. John by a valley in the rear, extend eastward, (?) westward, (?) and northward to the Kennebeckasis. I have thus indicated the four geological forma- tions which occur in this district. In making my observations, I shall start from the Kennebeckasis. We shall thus generally ascend geologically. Near Torryburn we have an outcrop of grey granite. This is part of an apparent granite band, which skirts the south side of the Kennebeckasis, to some distance towards Rothsay, and then retreats south. It also runs westward, and is well exposed on the road from St. John to Sandpoint. There the rocks are Syenite, being largely granitoid. The feldspar of the Syenite is red and the hornblende light green. The granite of Torryburn closely resembles that found in the Cobequid mountains near Sutherland’s lake, and the syenite (gneissoid) is not much different from that associated with the marble of Five Islands, in the same mountains, so that this granite band of the Kennebeckasis 448 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. may be regarded as corresponding with the central band of the Cobequid, and the syenite and other granitoid rocks of the Tower Arisaig series of Nova Scotia. Following the granite gneissoid syenite we have the great limestones for which the district is cele- brated. These are largely crystalline; some are dolomitic. Lime is manufactured in large quantities, in several localities. One quarry on the road from Rothesay to St. John, with kilns, was examined. The limestone is bluish and not obviously crystalline. The limestone was parted by a bed of diorite (?) It was seen outcropping in all directions. Quarries are abundant, and sections are seen on the St. John and Shediac Railway; diorites are also seen In connection with the limestone. Massive crystalline crypto- diorites of the I. C. R. type are often met with. I would particu- larize. Near the Suspension Bridge the limestones are graphitic. The bridge on the Carleton side rests upon graphitic rock and schists. On the south side of the harbour there are e:minences formed by a siliceous rock. This seemed to be the upper rock of the band of crystalline rocks. I have no hesitation whatever in regarding this band of rocks as a counterpart of the Lower Arisaig series of Nova Scotia. This is the first opportunity I have had of examining a series of this kind out of Nova Scotia, with the exception of the George’s) Mountain series, Cape Breton. The resemblance of the Cape Breton series to that of Arisaig of Nova Scotia, is sufficiently obvious, but not more so than of that before us. The great lithological character- istics of the three series are identical, e. g. syenites, diorites, calcites. Each has also its lithological peculiarities. (Vide Papers by the author in Transactions of the Institute, and Report of Bayley and Matthews.) This is reasonably to be expected, as precisely similar conditions of formation could not be expected to exist in separate localities. The New Brunswick Geologists seem to have established the Laurentian age of the series of rocks that we have been examining. They are older than the primordial (Lower Silurian). They are even older than another series which underlies the primordial, and which is found intervening between the Lower Silurian and the rocks in question. There are no fossils in either of the series HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 449 underlying the primordial. Their lithological character, however, is strikingly dissimilar, and therefore the descending series is regarded as established, viz: Primordial (Lower Silurian), Huron- ian (Cambrian), and Laurentian. I consider that from this point of view, we are led to regard the Laurentian age of the Lower Arisaig series as probable. At Coldbrook I observed rocks strikingly different from the preceding Laurentian, conglomerates and quartzites. This is the upper part of the. Coldbrook or Huronian series of the New Brunswick geologists, from what I have observed of this series, and from the described characteristics of the lower part of the same series. (Vide report of Bayley and Matthew.) I am disposed to establish a relationship between them and the conglomerates, quartzites, jaspers and crypto-crystalline diorites of the northern part of the section of the I. C. R. in the Cobequid. (Vide paper by the author in Transactions, 1873—74.) This series intervenes between the Laurentian and the Primordial. It is said to extend to the cove below the Suspension Bridge, on the St. John side. Succeeding this is the St. John Primordial (Lower Silurian) strata. These were seen outcropping on Coldstream Brook, at Iron Works. ‘This is regarded as the lower part of the series. The corresponding part is in the cove below the Suspension Bridge on the Carleton side. Tere the Lower Silurian is in contact with the graphitic schists of the Laurentian series, the Huronian being missing. The Lower Silurian slates of the cove are peculiarly interesting, as they produced the Primordial Fauna which determined the age of the slates, and consequently the age of the series already described. This series of slates is generally dark in colour. They have been metamorphosed, and remarkably twisted, folded and faulted. The beautiful sections on the sides of the streets in St. John, show these characters in a very striking manner. The slates are also well exposed on the shore of Courtenay Bay. My attention was particularly directed to a fine exposure of crystal- line rock, near the cross roads, near the old Episcopal cemetery. This rock is very dark, hard and glistening, being crypto-crystalline 450 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. diorite, precisely similar to those of fossiliferous series of the I. C. R. The St. John slates are well exposed in close proximity to the rock, or associated with it. I have already referred to this in a note on my paper on the I. C. R. sections; I have been led to regard these slates and the fossiliferous strata of the J. C. R. as belonging to the same great period (Lower Silurian.) I must at the same time acknowledge that I am rather disappointed in not discovering some lithological resemblance between the St. John slates and those of our City and environs. On the shore of Courtenay Bay, I found apparently overlying the St. John slates, a dissimilar series consisting of conglomerate. Finely laminated red slate having crystalline limestorie disseminated in amygdal form, silicious schists, slates and diorites. It will be observed that the lithology of this series is much more varied than ‘the preceding. The sequence seems to be regular, and therefore was once regarded by the N. B. geologists as a more recent formation than the Lower Silurian slates. It was called the Bloomsbury group, and was regarded as of Devonian age. I was guided in the exam- ination of the locality by the paper communicated to the Geological Society of London, by Prof. Bayley and Mr. Matthew. I may mention that although I now generally quote their Report of the Canadian Survey, it was only after my return to Halifax that I examined it, and compared it with my observations. I had had so much to do with supposed Devonian in Nova Scotia, which had invariably turned out to be something else, that I could not altogether accept the rock in question as Devonian. I found however from the Report that these rocks are now regarded as of Huronian age, the regularity of sequence being only apparent : the older series having been brought up, and the seeming regular- ity having been induced by a peculiar folding of the lower silurian series—the folding on itself. (Vide the Report.) This arrange- ment was ascertained by a more extended observation. In this way the Devonian of the locality became curtailed in its proportions. | Succeeding the Huronian there is another distinct series also exposed on the shore of Courtenay Bay, consisting of HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 451 metamorphosed ¢rits, conglomerates, sandstones, and shales. At first sight one might regard this as a hardened carboniferous series, the black shales especially at the top have a carboniferous aspect. This impression might be confirmed by the frequent appearance of Flora having a carboniferous aspect. The unusual hardness of the rock, especially evident when struck by the hammer, tends to unsettle this opinion. I was fortunate enough to find, and at the base of the series opposite Sheffield street, a fine specimen of the characteristic Dadoxylon Ouangondia num. Dawson, associated with calamites, &c. It was apparently in a favorable position for easy detachment. My hammer and chisel were of no service. Mr. Brittain, of the Gas Works, kindly gave me the assistance _of a workman, who with crow-bar and sledge-hammer, succeeded in extracting the specimen. The rock is not distinguishable from the quartzites of our gold fields, and equally hard. The constitution of the Fossils is also another peculiarity. The bark of the calamites-at this point has the appearance of graphite, instead of coal or lignite, and the Dadoxylon, seems to be generally calcified, sometimes converted into a beautiful marble, and the bark converted into graphite; this is the case with the specimen which we extracted. In the Museum there is a beautiful polished section of a trunk, found in the same locality by Mr. Brittain. Its diame- ter is from eight to nine inches. It shows the internal structure of the tree very strikingly. On the south shore of Carleton there are ledges of slate which are regarded as the highest part of the series. These produce a beautiful flora of asterphyllites, cordaites and filices. The general character of the flora is considered to be different from the carboniferous, and is regarded by Dr. Dawson as Devonian. I received a beautiful collection for the Museum from Mr. Brittain. Proceeding on toward Mispeck Point, we come to a very rough and rocky region. ‘There is a great band of conglomerates, red and grey slates. These are seen traversed in all directions by quartz veins—some of them are of great thickness. They were formerly regarded by the N. B. Geologists as Devonian—(vide Greological Journal—paper already referred to; now they are regarded as Huronian. Vide Report. 452 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. Mr. John M. Walker positively assures me that he found a sight of gold in a piece of quartz in this region, some years ago. On the shores of Courtenay Bay and Carleton are seen boulders, some- times of immense size, of a very coarse conglomerate. This is largely composed of angular pieces of limestones and diorites, in an arenaceous and calcareous cement. On the road to Sandy Point ‘these were seen, ¢ stéz, succeeding (on the north) the Laurentian Syenitic gneiss, limestone and diorites, from which they have been largely derived. These conglomerates are of Lower Carboniferous — age. ‘To the east of these at Drury Cove and Long Island, the St. John slates, with primordial fossils, are said to succeed the Laurentian series. I was not aware of this when I was examin- ing the region. I hope next summer to have an opportunity of looking at these rocks. I have thus given the results of a personal examination, and a busy week’s work among the Formations of St. John and vicinity. I do not claim to have made any new discovery. All that I pro- fess to have done is to have scanned the work of others, and to have indicated, more precisely than was previously done, the very natural relationship of the formations in two Provinces, which require the construction of a canal to separate them; the two being more immediately connected than two parts of the same Province, Nova Scotia (Proper) and Cape Breton, which are separated by the Strait of Canso. I cannot help contrasting this week with another spent in the same region about fifteen years ago. Then the formations were regarded as few in number, comparatively recent and uninteresting, Carboniferous, Devonian, Upper Silurian (?) and igneous rocks. There are now sufficient number and variety, some of them dating to the remotest antiquity—Carboniferous, Devonian, Lower Silu- rian, Huronian and Laurentian. For the present state of things we are chiefly indebted to the zealous and successful labours of Matthew, Hart and Bayley. For guidance to localities, facilities of travel, and hospitality provided throughout my whole month’s exploration, I am very much indebted to my excellent friend, John M. Walker, Esq., of St. John and Halifax. I may be allowed HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 453 to add fifteen years extra experience in the examination of cognate formations in Nova Scotia and Cape Breton as also of consider- able service. ST. JOHN TO BATHURST. Leaving St. John by the St. John and Shediac Railway, we start from the primordial slates, traverse the Huronian and the Laurentian. The last is exposed by a fine series of sections on either side of the road. Ata distance of about eighteen miles we pass into the carboniferous formation—the older formations retreat- ing on either side. On our way we pass through Sussex Vale, with its lower carboniferous limestones having saltsprings and manganese deposits, and at length we reach the Gulf of St. Law- rence at Point du Chene, with its exposure of soft sandstones. We are thus on the base of the great carboniferous triangle of New Brunswick, having cut off its southern angle. From Point du Chene to Miramichi, we pass along the base by sea to a distance of about seventy miles. Reaching Miramichi we sail up the river to Newcastle, where carboniferous sandstones are seen quarried on the river bank. Driving across the country from Chatham to Bathurst, we reach the northern side of the carboniferous triangle, at the same time cutting off the northern angle. SOMERSET VALE was our head quarters in this part of New Brunswick. This lovely spot is the property of Francis Ferguson, Esq. of St. John. It is situate about three miles north of Bathurst. The property is of great. extent—through it flows the River Tattagouche, which winds beautifully through the vale with its green meadows, fertile fields, venerable homestead and spacious buildings. The retirement and quietness of the vale with its meadows shaded by numerous and graceful elms, its fairy river, abounding in salmon and sea trout, the kindness and hospitality of Mr. and Mrs. Ferguson, with an enthusiastic disciple of Isaac Walton (Mr. Walker) supplying the establishment with salmon and sea trout, together with delightful weather, combined to make the retreat, after a hard day’s work 454 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. among rocks, rivers, wilderness, horse flies and mosquitoes, per- fectly enchanting. The rocks exposed on the sides of the Tattagouche, and in a cutting of the I. C. R. beyond it, showed that we had passed the boundary of the carboniferous formation. It is to the geology of the region that the Tattagouche is indebted for its salmon-holes. These have been formed by direction given to the waters and the eddies made by jutting rocks. These rocks are slates of uncertain age; I have little doubt from their lithological character that they are of upper silurian age. I failed to discover any fossils in them. The first of the slate exposures occur a little above the Railway Bridge. Up the river about nine miles from this point are seen the Falls of Tattagouche. The rocks of the falls and on either side of the river for some distance below the falls are lofty and pre- cipitous; they consist chiefly of red and grey slates, cave adits, and other arrangements, show that this has been the scene of mining operations. Copper and other metals were sought for in these rocks in economic quantity, but without success. These rocks also are of uncertain age; they are probably upper silurian. I have referred to a Railway Bridge on the Tattagouche. The quietness of Somerset Vale is soon to be disturbed by the noise of the railway. The I. C. R. passes through the vale, and crosses the Tattagouche by a magnificent iron bridge. ‘The top of it is sixty feet above the river, and seventy feet above the sea level.. I give this measurement as I intend to make a practical use of it in a subsequent part of this paper. In the second cutting across the bridge are the only remaining rocks met with in this locality. These rocks are crystalline diorites, homogeneous, porphyritic and amygdaloidal. I did not ascertain their relation to the Silurian slates of the Tattagouche. They are also seen outcropping on the post road, making them- selves uncomfortably felt by the jolting of the carriage. Exposed rocks are therefore a rarity in this region. The carbon- iferous rocks to the south of Tattagouche lie at a gentle inclination, and the older and harder rocks are much covered by drift. The magnificent pillars of the new bridge across the Tattagouche are HONEYMAN ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 455 formed of fine blocks of a peculiar granite. The peculiarity arises from the prevalence of large crystals of red feldspar in a base of quartz, black mica, and red feldspar. NEPISIGUIT RIVER. We were urged to examine the copper mines on this river. On our way we came to the I. C. R., about six miles above Bathurst. Here the navvies were hard at work cutting into a deep deposit of drift, consisting of the very coarsest material with over- lying clays and sands. I now notice these by the way. The principal work here is the construction of even a grander bridge than that of Tattagouche, over the Nepisiguit. The great columns are of the porphyritic granite, already described. Here they have the solid granite for their foundation. This granite is spendidly exposed on the river, and it is quarried on its sides. The granite band is exposed down the river as far as the Rough Waters, about three miles above Bathurst. Proceeding about three miles farther we cross the Pabineau river, and come to the Pabineau Falls, on the Nepisiguit. The exposure of granite is extensive. The great riven rocks rounded, with the great rush of waters dashing and splashing, are indescribably striking. The mosquitoes came in clouds, marring enjoyment. The granite is homogeneous. We had passed over the porphyritic. I was interested in the pot-heles. These were hollowed out in the solid granite by the revolving of boulders by the agency of the rushing waters. Some of them are large, round, deep and entire, with the rounded boulders at rest in the bottom; others surviving only in part, the revolving and excavating boulders haying worn their way out of the sides of the pots, to be hurried away with the rushing waters. J examined them and collected spe- cimens in spite of the mosquitoes. About two miles farther we had passed over the band of granite. The bands of rocks succeeding were examined on the side of the river opposite the Copper Mines. Owing to a disaster—the maddening of our horses by swarms of horse flies—their rushing into the water, smashing our carriage, and a similar treatment of the horse and carriage of our guide, 456 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. we were prevented from crossing the river and examining the copper mine. In spite of our misfortune we examined the rocks accessible ; characteristic specimens of rock were also brought from the mines. These enabled me to form an opinion of the rocks containing the deposit of copper. We were disappointed however in not being able to examine the mines and deposits. The prevalence of schists and magnesian rocks indicate an age and condition of formation similar to Tilt Cove, Newfoundland. I consequently concluded that the band of rocks was of lower silurian age, (metamorphic) . Afterwards, we visited the Grand Falls, about twelve miles farther up the river. On our way we glanced at the rocks on the river, as they appeared at intervals. They seemed to be similar to those of the Copper Mines; at length we reached the Falls, com- ing upon them from above. The scene far surpassed that of the Pabineau Falls, but our old enemy the mosquitoes, of monstrous size, and in numbers formidable, assailed in every direction, so that I could hardly manage to secure a characteristic specimen of the rocks over which the waters rushed. The rock is a schist, highly siliceous, having the appearance of an amygdaloid. Its hard con- stitution has enabled it to resist the degrading action of the waters ; its elevation has given them great scope for descent. I had no hesitation in regarding the rocks as a continuation of the band of the mine, and as being of lower silurian age. Subsequently we ascended the river from the bridge at Bathurst. On the sides of the river, below and above the bridge, exposed layers of a red sandstone shewed that we were within the area of the carboniferous triangle. Ascending the river on the south side the same kind of sandstone continued until we reached the Rough Waters. I was shewn nodules of copper ore (grey sulphuret) which were found in this sandstone. The ore is rich, but the supply is limited, as Nova Scotian experience, under similar circum- stances, would lead us to expect. At the Rough Waters I found matters altogether different from what I anticipated. I expected to find the granite of the Rough Waters overlaid by Lower Silurian (metamorphic) slate, as we have HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 457 already observed on the northern side, and as indicated in our geological map. Instead of this I found the carboniferous sand- stone lying almost flat upon the granite with only a few feet of rotten granite intervening. I must, however, in justice state, that while the Atlas map of the Canadian Survey inserted a broad lower silurian band between the granite and the carboniferous, I afterwards found that the arrangement was well understood, as it is well described in the volume accompanying the Atlas. Geology of Canada, page 451. The granite.of the Rough Waters is fine grained. The consti- tuents are the same as of the porphyritic granite of the higher waters. ‘The large crystals of red feldspar only are absent. The arrangement of the formations ascending the Nepisiguit as far as the Grand Falls, is— Carboniferous, Sandstones, &c. 4 -——? Granites, Lower Silurian, Slates, Schists, &c. I would observe in regard to the age of the granites :—There ean be no question that they are pre-carboniferous ; the arrange- ment at Rough Waters proves this. If we regard them as intrusive then they may be of Middie or Upper Silurian, or Devonian age. I regard them as of the same age as the granite near Purcell’s Cove and other localities on the North West Arm, Halifax. Halifax granite is sometimes porphyritic, having large crystals of white feldspar,—both seem to be bedded. If Halifax granite is a Lauren- tian gneiss, so is that of Nepisiguit. Both are associated with Lower Silurian (metamorphic.) In the western extension of this granite, Mr. Robb, of the Canadian Survey, considers that he has convincing proof that the granite is igneous. I can produce many eases at Halifax where such a conclusion seems to be inevitable. The Rough Waters, the Pabineau Falls and the Grand Falls have given the Nepisiguit fame as a resort of the angler. The extension of the rocks, which we have been examining on St. John River and its tributaries, and the Miramichi River, has been the sphere of the operations of Mr. Robb, of the Canadian Geological Survey. 458 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. It will be evident by a glance at the Geological map of New Brunswick, that the pre-carboniferous formations traverse the country in approximate parallels, running N. E. and S. W. The so-called central band of granite appears as one of those parallels, traversing the whole of New Brunswick. Of this the granite of the Nepisiguit is the N. Eastern extremity. Although there is nothing intervening between the carboniferous and the granite on the Nepisiguit, there is an intervention of another formation, between the granite and the carboniferous to the west. In this fossils were found, but not sufficiently distinct for determination. On the north side of the granite graptolites were found, but notin setu. It was regarded as probable that they came from the strata that occupy the position of the metamorphic slates of the copper mines, which we have regarded as Lower Silurian. SOMERSET VALE TO D LHOUSIE. On our way we had to pass over the crystalline rocks of the railroad cutting, north of the Tattagouche. At Petit Rocher, about twenty miles distant, we saw a limekiln on the road side in active operation. This led to inquiry after the position of lime- stone. It was seen at a short distance crossing the road. Search was made for fossils but we found none; the limestone was dark in colour. We passed over a considerable width of diorite and grits before we reached Belledune. At Chambers’ inn J found that the Rey. Mr. Fowler had kindly told our host to send me to the shore. I here found a very inter- esting series of rocks, replete with fossil-corals. I collected a large and fine specimen of Halysites, Catenulatus (chain-coral), fine specimens of Favosites, Grothlandica,? Stromatopera,? a large branching coral, gen. and spec.(?), and a beautiful Cyathophyllum. The rocks were singular in colour and having trap interbedded. There was no difficulty in determining their age. The Halysites Catenulatus indicates Niagara limestone (Upper Silurian). Prof. Hall, in a paper read before the American Association, August, 1873, ‘On the relations of the Niagara and Lower Helderburg HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 17 Formations,” thus observes: ‘‘The upper limit of /Halysites Oatenulatus, so far as known in New York, is in the Miagara limestone.” Before reaching Jacquet River we observed a point with singular looking rocks; on closer examination they were found to consist of conglomerates, very much resembling the new red sand- stone conglomerates of Nova Scotia. These repetitions of post Silurian rocks seemed somewhat perplexing, occurring in a supposed Silurian region. It was only afterwards that I found them to be carboniferous. We crossed the mountain and reached Dalhousie without understanding the character of the rocks which formed the elevation. We then crossed the Restigouche and landed in the province of Quebec, just in time to examine the rocks on the shore by twilight. We had landed among sandstones. In these I found the part of a fossil fern. I walked along the shore and examined the junction of the sandstones with the conglome- rates of new red sandstone? apart by moonlight. I took note of an enormous mass of the conglomerate which had recently fallen. I retraced my steps to our boat and we recrossed to Dalhousie. Mr. Walker promised to take me to a locality where he understood that curious rocks were to be found. Early in the morning (5 o’cluck) we were found in our boat of the previous evening. We rounded the Island and landed some- where at Cape Bon-ami. We had passed slate which seemed to be sandstone. The rocks which we first met were Traps. I had come expecting to find fossils and was rather disappointed ; I could never expect to find fossils in Trap rocks. However, the rocks themselves were a study. Their rugged form and arched gate- way ; their columnar and amygdaloidal structure, were sufficiently interesting. Their minerals too, veins and amygdals of agate and ealcites, and geodes of quartz crystal, merited attention. Beyond the first Trap, in the cove, we unexpectedly found what we most wanted—Silurian strata perfect coral reefs. Favosttes gothlan- dica? in abundance, and Cyathophylla, Strophomena depressa, Atrypa reticularis, Athyrus nitida, Orthoceras, Crinoidea. My perplexity was great, and also regrets at having before me 2 18 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. such a rich field, so little time, hunger an impatient companion, and along day’s journey. However, by diligence, perseverance, abstinence and good fortune, I succeeded in making a valuable and interesting collection. I at once recognized the Niagara limestone—the C. of Arisaig—and with so good an exposure I expected to find the other members of the Arisaig series. Considering this as of even greater importance than the collection of fossils, I proceeded with the examination of the rocks. Where I expected to find Clinton strata I found Trap. In this I saw a beautiful shaped Amygdal, which turned out to be a fossil. Favosites sp? This led to a further search for fossils, and another was found; a beautiful section in a small portion of the original stratum, the slate and Trap being so closely connected that a line of connection could not be distin- guished. All along the shore beyond was Trap, with intercalary beds of Niagara limestone. These exposures seem to be cross sections of the rocks of the mountain which we crossed the preceding evening, and which I crossed on my return overland to Dalhousie, and recrossed shortly after on our way to Somerset Vale. These Trap rocks and coral reefs give boldness and variety to the scenery of Dalhousie, and fertility to the fields and meadows. The phenomenon of Fossils in the Trap shews :— 1.—That the Trap of Cape Bon-ami and Niagara Limestone are not contemporaneous. 2.—That the formation of the Trap was posterior to that of the Niagara Limestone. 3.—That the Trap was in molten state when the fossils detached from the sedimentary strata dropped into it. 4,—That organic structure may be preserved in molten Trap, especially when in a condition adapted for the formation of Amyegdaloid. HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 19 POST PLIOCENE. I have already in passing referred to a deep cutting on the north side of the new bridge of the Nepisiguit. This is in the deep drift overlying the granite. That this is the glacial drift is evident from the great coarseness of the material—the massiveness of the enclosed boulders—the want of the stratification—and the absence of marine relics (fossils). I also noticed the first cutting across the Tattagouche. This is of a different character from the preceding. The ma- terial here is stratified. It is of marine origin. ‘The abundance of shells to be found in the beds unmistakably indicate the origin of the deposits. The Rev. C. H. Paisley, of Bathurst, has described the various beds as they appeared when the cutting was fresh, giving the measurements and characteristics of each. When I examined the cutting, the sides were washed and run down, conse- quently the thinner beds were obscured. For Mr. Paisley’s description, vide Canadian Naturalist, vol. 7. 1. From 1 to 7 of Mr. Paisley’s section were indistinct. 8 and 9, the two to which Mr. Paisley gives an average thickness of about ten feet, are the most interesting; these consist of clay and sand. Springs of water issuing from them, wash out the shells from the beds and expose them in the furrows. Besides shells I noticed peculiar sandy concretions washed down by the water. These were of varying shape, circular and irregular; many of them have the shape of ginger root ; one of them of the pelvis of a mammal. The fossils which I collected out of clays 8 and 9, are the following :— Saxicava rugosa, Leda truncata, Tellina grenlandica, Buccinum undatum, Tellina proxima, Natica grenlandica, Fusus tornatus, Natica clausa, Mya arenaria, Balanus Hamerui, Mya truncata, Balanus crenatus. On our way to Dalhousie, when approaching the Jacquet River, we found the road crossing the I. C. R. On the road to the right 20 HONEYMAN—ON GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. at a distance of about a quarter of a mile, I entered a deep cutting, similar to the fossiliferous section at Somerset Vale. Here the beds were obscured, still the clays were sufficiently distinct for recognition. From these I collected the same —_ as in the pre- ceding section. / This section is south of Jacquet River, I. C. R. bridge. To the north of the bridge I examined another deep cutting. A road bridge was in the course of construction, spanning the cutting. In this I found as before, clay with gravel and sands overlying. These beds are now somewhat famous as the sepulchre of the Beluga vermontana (?). [Dr. Gilpin’s paper in the Transactions. ] . I was enabled to identify its bed by clay and fossils found in the neural arches of the vertebrae. In the clay bed of the section I found the same fossils as before. A quarter of a mile from Dickie’s, four miles farther north, I examined a deep cutting and found beds similar to those already described. In the clay bed I found fossils of the same genera and species as in the others. The fossils in the last cutting were better preserved than those found at Tattagouche. This may arise from the difference in the moisture of the clays. We have thus in a dis- tance of eighteen miles examined four localities, all containing Post Pliocene beds of the Champlain epoch, with characteristic fossils. I examined cuttings in the vicinity of River Charlos, but the clay beds, if they exist, did not appear. I also examined others, south of the Tattagouche, with the same result. When I was leaving Bathurst, the Hon. John Ferguson, senator, gave mea small oyster, said to be taken from beds in a cutting on his farm near Bathurst. I have this evening directed your attention to the principal Geological Formations of New Brunswick. These are the Laurentian; Huronian or Cambrian; Lower Silurian; Upper Silurian; Devonian; Carboniferous; Igneous ; Post Pliocene. In time we have ranged from the far remote past, to time comparatively of yesterday. We have begun with a period when life was eozonal. Passing GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 21 through a period when life was rare and doubtful, we entered on a period which is termed Primordial, Lower Silurian, an age of crus- taceans and mollusks, principally the former, having forms peculiar to extreme antiquity, living and enjoying life, where now we have the busy harbours of Saint John and Kennebeckasis, the choice waters for modern aquatic contests. We have also roamed among the coral reefs of Upper Silurian seas, with their abounding trilobites, cephalopods, brachiopods and favosites. These and their tombs give geological interest to the Bay des Chaleurs. We have wandered among Devonian fields examining their peculiar vegetation, among which sported the earliest winged insects—the remains of these are found at Courtenay Bay. From these we passed easily and naturally into the carboniferous region—the period of luxuriant ancient vegetation. In this period we saw submarine volcanoes in vigorous operation, shaking and rending the Upper Silurian foundations of the carboniferous period in the north—the ancient coral reefs being elevated, parted and broken—the coral polypedoms and their tombs are seen dropping into the molten lava, and narrowly escaping destruction. A great leap brought us into the Post Pliocene period, with ice sheets—glaciers and icebergs—the debris of rocks accum- ulated in the railway path attesting their existence. A later stage of the same period brought us into seas with their walruses, seals and cetaceans and molluscs, with specific names that chill, Greniandica, of Greenland, the land of ice. These at the same time introduce us to the molluscs of the time in which we live. Art. IJ.—On THE SMALLER CETACEANS INHABITING THE Bay oF Funpy AND SHorEs oF Nova Scotia. By J. Brer- NARD GitPin, A. B., M. D., M. R.C.S. (Read Jan. 11, 1875.) In making out five distinct species of this order, I have had much difficulty from the want of material. Some species abound in our waters, but being useless, are rarely taken, and are thus aT 29 GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. only seen. Of others I have only the skull or parts of the skele- tons of dead ones, thrown upon our shores. Of others, the Beluga for instance, I have the report alone of the Indians, and there remain but two species of which I have material sufficient for a paper. These are the common Porpoise, or puffing pig, and the ocean Porpoise, which is confounded by fishermen with the true Dolphin, and which has no doubt been described by Jackson (Boston Nat. History Report), as D. Delphis. This paper must be considered then, as very imperfect, and hereafter to be added to. Though there must be much valuable information locked up in the various American Journals, I can put my hand on no American systematic work, but have found much benefit from ‘‘ Catalogue Seals and Whales.” B. Museum. J. E. Gray, F. R. S., 1866, and have used his nomenclature, giving the American synonyms when able. ORDER : CETACEZ. Famity : | DELPHINNIDZ. Delphinus delphis. Linn. Cuvier. Gray. DoLPHIN OF ALL SEAS: Lagenorhyncus leucoplurus. Gray. Delphinus delphis? Jackson (Boston Nat. History S.) WuHiTE Sipep DotpHin. SEA PORPOISE. Phocena communis. F. Cuvier. Gray. Phocena tuberculifera. Gray. Delphinus phocena. Linn. THE PORPOISE. Beluga catadon. Cuvier. Gray. Physeter catadon. Linn. Delphinopterus lincus. Pallas. Bell. WHitE WHALE. - a GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 23 FAMILY: GLOBIOCEP HALIDE. Globiocephalus intermedius. Harlem. Gray. Globiocephalus melas. Dekay. Delphinus globioceps. Jackson (Boston Journal). AMERICAN Buiack-Fisu. Delphinus delphis. Dolphin of all Seas. Of this species, there is a part of a skeleton in the Provincial Museum, Halifax, a skull from the ocean, and jaw of one caught near Liverpool, N. S. They all agree in the teeth being more numerous, (from one hundred and fifty to one hundred and sixty,) the rostrum being longer and narrower, the palate having a central ridge with a deep sulcus running inside the teeth, and differ from other skulls in all these particulars. As they coincide with the description of writers on this species, I have no doubt in placing it among the cetz of Nova Scotia. Lagenorhyncus Leucoplurus. At Digby Gut, August, 1875, I examined two Sea Porpoises shot by the Indians. The measure of one of them taken upon the spot was— 22 EEE weet Rue Mea Anne ene 5 ft. 10 inches. From nose to base of flipper ................. ass as From nose to base of back fin............... 2 % 84 % ULE IR < SIGs Gl ne Breee er baceronaseeS 7 <¢ CIEE OL DACKMIN 0. to cuceusqete: sae ssvebens we enka. Spread of caudal finvss. 02. elaine esse ion ars 11 ESCH RG 9910) (2) 2 re 9 i: DALE a a ee ree (eee MEMCMEEGIA THOULH.. ficactl--dscceddes ceccensetece 2 = The other fish was rather larger, but agreed in form and colour. In form they were very round. The forehead sloped upwards from a beak or snout, in a convex line to the back fin which was falcate- DA GILPIN—-PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. in form. From its posterior edge the line of back sloped rapidly to the tail. The lower line of belly sloped gently to posterior edge of flipper ran straight to beneath dorsal, then rapidly upwards to tail. The dorsal and pectoral fin (flipper) were both falcate. The back behind the dorsal became carinated, ending in a ridge between the caudal fins. The mouth was formed into a beak or snout, with gentle curves. The eye black, about two inches from mouth, the lines of which ran upward. The blowhole on the forehead, between the eye crescentic concave forwards ; ear, a small puncture. In colour the beak was white with tips of both jaws black (in one specimen the lower jaw was all black). The back, fins and tail blue-black. There were three irregular ill-defined white spots shaded by black dots on the sides, the black of the upper parts shading gradually into bluish ash around them. The eye was in a whitish spot, and there were two faint parallel white lines running along the sides and losing themselves in the white patches. The belly was pure white, with a tolerably well defined edge. The eye was dark reddish black. On inside the mouth the palate was white, with a black triangular spot on the point. ‘The palate membrane was very thick, apparently holding the teeth firm- ly, as there were no alveola processes, and the teeth dropped freely out after removing the membrane. ‘The teeth were pointed and slightly incurved ; twenty-two in upper jaw, lower jaw twenty-five on each side. There were no teeth at the points of either jaw. It seems probable that the teeth vary in different individuals. The genital organs are concealed in a deep fold in both sexes. In the female may be seen two smaller folds on each side of the larger one concealing milk paps. On opening the body and removing the blubber the muscle was very full of blood, deep red, and coarse fibre. The heart and blood vessels, and lungs very well developed and full of blood. The liver moderate, the kidneys with well- developed ureters and bladder of urine. The stomach very capa- cious, constricted in several parts, resembling the colon of a horse. Inside the mucus membrane deeply corrugated, in some parts a deep rose colour, suddenly succeeded by pale pearl, answering to , the constrictions. GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 25 This very imperfect account must be taken as the result of a very rough dissection done upon the sea beach. The jaws of this fish corresponded exactly with those of several skulls in my possession, from Bay of Fundy, Sable Island, and Halifax Harbour. To the latter one, lent me by my friend, Dr. Somers, Dalhousie College, was attached a portion of the skeleton. In all of them we found the palate flat, composed of maxillars, intermaxillars, and por- tion of vomer showing between them, but no central ridge, or deep sulci running parallel with teeth, as in D. delphis. The spinous process of atlas is large and rakes backward, covering the four next vertebre. ‘The spinous process of second and third are anchylosed to it. To the body of the fifth is a small process point- ing forward on either side. ‘The spinous process of the sixth is larger. ‘To the seventh, both to its body and to its transverse process is articulated a short broad rib. This mark of articulation on the bodies is lost after the tenth vertebra. From the atlas to the tail there is an elastic cartilagenous disk between each vertebra. The vertebre are articulated to the sides of each other, until the seventeenth vertebra, where the point of articulation has risen above the neural arch, and forms the sub-spinal process, common to the whole order. The vertebre increase on their spinous and transverse process, rather than bodies, to the middle of the body, the spinous becoming more erect and longer, the transverse longer and flatter. After the middle they decrease in the same order, retaining the sub- spinal process almost into the tail. Sixty-two vertebrae remained upon the skeleton which had lost a portion of the tail. Twenty V. ‘bones, each attached to the cartilagenous disk remained. These V. bones form an attachment for the muscles moving the flukes of the tail downward and backward. Though not attached to this skeleton, I found in others a well developed scapula, with coracoid and acro- mion process, the humerus, radius and ulna massed into one, and metacarpals and phalanges, typed out by spots of bony deposits upon cartilage. The true ribs or those attached to sternum were all jointed, one fhird rib from sternum, and all the ribs were articulated to the transverse process. These divergences, no doubt common to the smaller genera of the order become important when we consider 26 GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. this class as the first type of air breathing warm blooded mammals created. That this species is now confounded with D. delphis by the fishermen of our coasts, and has been described as such by Godman and Jackson, cannot be doubted. Of its habits little is known, though common upon our coasts. The Indians readily distinguish it from Phoccena communis, and care little for its capture, as it yields less oil and is more difficult to kill. Of their relative number with Phoccena in the Bay of Fundy, perhaps half-a-dozen are captured during the season, at Digby Gut, while of the other, perhaps one - thousand. The specimens I have described were small, and no doubt young fish, some individuals going above eight feet in length. The adults may have the marking more decided and teeth more numerous. In its skull and skeleton it so resembles the Genus Lagenorhyncus that I have placed it there and adopted Gray’s conjecture of its being the D. delphis of Jackson. Phocena communis, Phocena tuberculifera, Common PorpoisE.—PuFFIN Pia. This is by far the most common species inhabiting our shores. They are met with on all our coasts, but mostly along the sides of the Bay of Fundy, especially where it pours its rapid tides through the Digby Gut into the Basin of Annapolis. Here in spring and summer they may be seen in eager pursuit of the gaspereaux and herring, which are running for their spawning and feeding grounds. In this turbid tide they may perpetually be seen rising and disport- ing themselves, unmolested indeed by the fisherman, but keenly hunted by the few remaining Micmacs, who come from the interior and form temporary camps on ita rocky shures. On the 23rd July, 1874, at the fishing beach, Digby Gut, I examined a large female porpoise, which, with her young one, was freshly brought ashore, both covered and killed by one shot. Hixthemte lenethy..2. cn naeaaeaaser -e Heidt es ee 5 feet 1 inch. IDiveyoad avapro) JD), Inia WenpsdbeAdon addbaoWeoAdSslecsacs rp ie (ih YT TR HCI O Ec. sn are vane olan weit aeiscee pen aeeee Q GILPIN—PORPOISES AND DOLPHINS OF NOVA SCOTIA. Q7 Dein an breadthias. meses... Pads astinthesneed: 7 inches. Bert WIGS WAU agar eis nsec tiaec! a+r noth ’ 1% i ie a C4. He} é 5 ; A h ; t - . 4 tr 1.7 ” ¥ y ) a % T 2 La | i 2» F : yg ie - oe. © ne ed ' : i | f h } ~ i z. : H i ‘yf : De : ‘ i | : t Das ‘ ws - a i 4 [_¥ a) Sts - : : 3 i GR vn iy ; i Pe be 4 i ( ; vt ies i m1 SS re alias ek Co Fa : rf ee q % : es | Pah - | {Ff _ i eo ee eee ~w General Meteorological Register for 1874. HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA. Longitude 63° SERVED BY F. Latitude 44° 39’ 20” North. 36’ 40” West. ALLISON. Height above Sea, 98.5 feet. 1874. March. | April. May. August. Nov. Menn Temperature .....--...+.++.++--5- 83.39 | 49.19 Difference from Normal (twelve years) —4.84 +1.60 Maximum Temperature. 63.8 81.6 Minimum Temperature (ler) 30 0 Monthly and Annual Ringes. 46.6) 51.6 Mean Maximum Temperature . . 42.50 | 62.01 Mean Minimum Temperature 25.53 | 88.69 Highest Daily Mean ‘lemperatur 41.94 | 61.80 Lowest Daily Mean Temperature 19 55 | 40.44 Mean Daily Range of Temperature. 1697) 28.38 H 2708) 388.1 Greatest Daily Range of ‘Temperature. Menn Pressure, corrected. ..........--.- Difference from Normal, (twelve peste) Maximum Pressure. . Minimum Pressure . Monthly and Annual. Ranges. Highest Daily Mean Pressure ..... Lowest Daily Mean Pressure.......---... 29.792 | 29.785 + .061 80. 254 28.951 29.854 + 06) 80.200 29.414 0.786, 30.142 20 496 29.900 antes 28 985 Mean Pressure of Vapour. . Mean Relative Humidity .. Mean Amount of Cloud..........-....... Difference from Normal, (eight years)...... Prevalent Direction of Wind . Mean Velocity of Wind.. Difference from Normal, (four years)... Amount of Rain......-...-............. Difference from Normal, (twelve y Number of days Rain. Difference from Normal, ‘(twelve years). Amount of Snow Difference fiom Normal, (twelve yenrs) Number of days Snow Difference from Normal, (twelve years) Total Precipitation............ Difference from Normal, (twelve yea +.70'| 1.00} --.69 8 10 13 =8 0 =) 3.7| 6.5 0.1 =13.6 +173] -06 7 13 1 Number of Dry Days a 12 18 Difference from Normal, (twelve y =i -5 2 Number of Auroras. ul 4 3 5 0 4 2 0 4 4 1 0 ae Gales . 4 3 1 4 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 ao Fogs. 6 2 2 0 3 7 10 7 8 5 2 ul sf Dews .. 2 0 1 0 U) 2 4 10 14 3 1 0 Op Hoar Frosts . 9 10 7 9 4 1 0 0 0 6 11 6 (G Thunders .. 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 il 0 1 1 0 w Lightnings 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 0 1 1 0 G Hnils .. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 UG Rainbows 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 il 0 0 0 0 © Lunar Halo: 0 1 3 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 1 1 42 Lunar Corone - 8 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 wg Solar Halos. . 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 o Days Sleighing. alt 16 28 3 10 0 ) 0 0 0 0 0 7 ALLISON—ON METEOROLOGY. 43 know of in Halifax; though approached within .8 on the evening of the 7th of January, 1866. These extremes gave a range of 101°8 — somewhat more extensive than usual. The mean daily range of temperature was 19°26, but on one day in January it ranged 40°7. The mean pressure of the year, abnormally increased in some months by their want of heat, and lightened in others by excess of wet, came out only .065 over the 12 years normal. The barometer varied between 30.604 in January (a most extraordinary height in Nova Scotia), and 28.830 during a snow storm in February ; giving a total range of 1.774. The mean pressure of vapour was .252, and relative humidity 80.2. Mean amount of cloud 6.02, which shews a comparative deficiency in clear sky, readily accounted for if we examine below the small proportion of absolutely dry days. 45.24 inches of rain fell. This depth is above the normal of this climate by 1.8 inches ; and it fell on 140 days, instead of only 124, the mean number classed as rainy. Though mentioned in former papers, I may repeat, chiefly for the information of members joined within the last few years, that I call a ‘‘ rainy day” one on which appreciable rain falls during any part of the 24 hours, and as we measure to .01 of an inch, many days may appear ‘“‘ fine” to the public, which the meteorological record marks as ‘‘ rainy.” Time will not permit to give all the reasons for my introduction of this method into Nova Scotia, but I may say I follow the classifi- cation of the British Office, G. J. Symonds, and the most experi- enced rain observers. 89 inches of snow fell, 8.2 inches more than the 12 years normal ; though less than in 1871, 1872 and 1873, all of which were exceptionally snowy years. And this snow fell on 60 days, a number 25 per cent. greater than the normal. Melting g; of my hearers, that new fallen snow in this country gives an average equivalent in water of one-tenth), and adding its product to the rain, we have a total precipitation of 54.18 inches, being 1.95 inches greater than the normal depth. Our ‘‘dry days”, (days be it remembered without even .01 of precipitation), numbered 188. this snow, (and I may mention in passing, what is known to most 44 ALLISON—-ON METEOROLOGY. 204 days is the average of a year since 1863. I have purposely avoided, for the present, comparisons with any other stations at home or abroad. This is not the object of this paper. But I may be allowed to remark that our 204 Halifax dry days exceed con- siderably the yearly Kew number. Closing the year with the record of occasional and miscellaneous phenomena, I noted in 1874— 28 Auroras, 8 Lightnings, 18 Gales, 1 Hail, 48 Fogs, 3 Rainbows, 47 Dews, 8 Lunar Halos, 63 Hoar Frosts, 11 Lunar Coronez, 7 Thunders, 8 Solar Halos. On 64 days we had fair sleighing. That we may have clearer insight into the details of the weather of the year under discussion, I now take up the months in order :-— January was mild, although shewing on the 27th, the extraordi- nary minimum above mentioned 15.° 8 below zero. Its mean pressure reached 29.977 (.210 above the month’s normal). It was a cloudy month: mean obscuration of sky reaching 6.97. Light 1 ; | 4 J ; a ‘ S. W. winds prevailed with a mean velocity of 6.09 miles per hour. Rain was in excess—3.80 inches falling, and the depth of snow 15.7 inches, slightly deficient. We look for 17 dry days in Jan- uary. Wehad but 12. There were 4 gales, none heavy. Fre- quent breaks occurred in the sleighing; leaving only 16 days for runners. February was cold—nearly as much below the mean as January was above it. The barometer still stood high: mean 29.841. This month was much brighter than last, wind prevailing from N. W., but mean velocity yet only 6.66 miles. 2.28 inches of rain fell, or about 75 per cent. of the month’s normal. Snow doubled itself, however, 29.9 inches coming down. This reduced the dry days to 15 instead of 16. 3 gales were recorded, and there was sleighing on every day. March became again milder, rising to a mean of 30.78, or 2.10 above the 12 years normal of the month. As the winter declined ALLISON——-ON METEOROLOGY. 45 the pressure decreased, coming down now to a mean of 29.658. The mean amount of cloud was 5.35. N. W. winds still prevail- ing, but very moderate, only averaging 5.99 miles. We had rather more rain than the normal fall—3.63 inches; but the very slight depth of 3.7 inches of snow. (17.3 is the March average and in March, 1875, we had 14 inches.) There was but one gale, and that not strong; and sleighing on the first three days only. April made small progress towards spring. Its mean tempera- ture was 33°39 — only surpassing that of March by 2°61, and falling short of its 12 years normal by 4°34. On the Ist the thermometer was down to 7°2. The mean barometer rose to 29.792. Mean amount of cloud was 6.08. The prevailing wind fell back to S. W., with a mean velocity still light—6.37 miles per hour. Only 1.90 inches of rain fell, or about 66 per cent. of the normal; but the extraordinary quantity of 26.5 inches of snow was measured, being 17.3 inches above the fall we expect in April. There were 4 gales, and 10 days sleighing, the latest on the 14th of the month. . May, with a mean temperature of 49°19, (1°60 above the normal) offered a great contrast to the preceding month. The mean pressure was 29.785. The clouding but 6.0. Wind remain- ing S. W. fell to a mean of 5.38 per hour. The rain fall was abundant, measuring 4.76 inches, though not on many days. 0.1 of an inch of snow fell on the 2nd. We average about three quarters of an inch of snow early in May. ‘The wind blew a gale on the 26th. In June we retrograded sadly in mean temperature. It was scarcely warmer than May ; 53°66 in place of a normal of 58°80. With considerable vacillation the barometer resulted in 29.767. It was the most cloudy month of the year; and the prevalent wind was S. E., though remaining with the small mean of 5.37 miles. The normal June rain fall is 3.44 inches. Last June 7.92 inches fell, making 20 wet days. Twice we had thunder and lightning. July was more moderate in every respect. 62°45 was the mean temperature—close to its normal. The barometer was high, mean 29.895. The maximum heat of the year, 86°0, was reached 46 ALLISON—ON METEOROLOGY. on the 10th; while the 15th, mean 69°23, proved the hottest day. Mean cloud decreased to 5.66, and the wind to 3.85 miles per hour, returning toa S. W. prevalent direction. 2.29 inches was the rain depth, almost the same as the average for July ; falling on an ordinary number of days, 12. August again became colder, both absolutely and as compared with former Augusts. Mean temperature 61°33. Mean pressure of atmosphere, 29.854. This month was not so pleasant as July. We had more cloud, mean 6.47; winds were light, giving a mean of but 4.25 miles; and S. was the prevalent direction. The rain” fall was still not large, being .29 below the normal, or 3.37 inches. 19 dry days were recorded. September scarcely varied at all from its mean temperature since 1863. This month gave 57°42, while 57°38 is my calculation for the 12 Septembers. The temperature never fell below 40°, and that not till the 24th. Pressure was rather great; mean 29.936. The brightness sensibly increased: mean cloud being only 5.51. The returning N. W. wind gave evidence of the decay of summer. The mean velocity of 4.97 miles per hour was very small. A large quantity of rain fell on 12 days: 5.04 inches, or 1.17 inches above the normal. The first autumnal gale was felt on the 30th; very heavy. October, as last month, resulted in temperature nearly the normal. 48°74 was the mean; and the pressure also continued steady—29.862. The month was very clear; only 4.88 being the mean clouding. We hada quiet month, the wind only giving a mean of 4.48. miles, and the prevalent direction fell back to S. W. The rain fall was very small, not half the normal which is 5.20 inches, while this October measured but 2.46 inches. ‘This rain was scattered over 13 days. No snow fell, generally we have about half an inch in this month. A moderate gale blew from the S. W. on the 30th—morning. The first hoar frost formed on the 7th, and the atmosphere first fell below 32° on the 23rd. November, though slightly colder than the average (which is 37°35, while this November’s mean temperature was 36°77) was a pleasant month. ‘The mean pressure was very great: 29.900. HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 47 The mean amount of cloud showed a deficiency of .67, being 5.85. Wind force was increasing, giving a mean velocity 8.40 miles, though still 1.63 behind its normal; and prevalent direction was from due W. Rain fell only to the depth of 3.37 inches; whereas the 12 years shew an average of 4.80 inches. 2.1 inches of snow, dispersed over 4 days, fell; being exactly one-half of the normal fall. 18 days were completely dry. 2 gales visited us, but neither were violent. In temperature, December presented nothing extraordinary : its mean 26°21 was a very small fraction over the normal. For the first time that winter the thermometer marked down to 0 on the 30th, and registered —4° on the morning of the 3lst. The mean pressure, though much diminished from last month, kept up to 29.791. The mean amount of cloud was nearly as is common, 6.60. Winds still prevailed from W. and increased much; at last passing the normal speed, and resulting in a mean of 10.92 miles per hour. The rain depth, 4.42 inches, was just 1 inch above the 12 years average; but the 11 inches of snow fell short by over one- third, or 5.7 inches. The total precipitation, 5.49 inches, slightly exceeded the normal fall. But one gale was felt in Halifax, but it was long and fierce. It began from N. E. on the evening of the 14th. Atla.m. of 15th it blew from N. 45.6 miles per hour. Veered N. W. that day, and above 24 miles all day. On 16th, still from N. W., it blew over 30 miles till noon, when it gradually fell. The first sleighing was on the 18th, and we had 7 days of it in all December. Art. V.—Nova Scotian GEoLoGY — ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. By THE Rev. Dr. Honryman, D.C. L., F.G.S., &c. Director of the Provincial Museum, Halifax, N. S. (Read May 10, 1875.) INTRODUCTION. In the session of 1865-6 I read a paper on the subject of my present memoir, which was illustrated by a map. (Transactions.) 48 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. This paper and map showed the results of amateur work in connec- tion with the views of others. Since then—in the summer of 1868, I made a thorough survey of a great part of the County in the ser- vice of the Canadian Survey. I also reviewed a part of this work in 1871. These examinations, with others connected, made large accessions to our knowledge of Nova Scotian Geology, and led us to see the great imperfections of our amateur work of 1866. After all this work, difficulties still existed in the way of under- standing certain parts of the Geology of Arisaig township—the part of this county which is the most interesting to the geologist and paleontologist. These difficulties have been dissipated by the revelations made during my examination of the I. C. R. section of the Cobequid Mountains. This is my apology for the production of this memoir ‘‘ On Antigonishe Geology.” ANTIGONISHE COUNTY is named after the county town Antigonishe. It was formerly called the County of Sydney. It is the north-east County of Nova Scotia proper. It is bounded on the west by Pictou County; on the south by the County of Guysboro; on the north by Northum- berland Strait; and on the east by St. George’s Bay and the Strait of Canso. ARISAIG is familiar to the Canadian geologist as a ‘* household word.” The use of the word in Nova Scotian geology has been somewhat vague and unsatisfactory. 1 have elsewhere proposed to give it an exact application, and to use it in its widest sense—as indicating Arisaig TOWNSHIP. This is the north-west township of the county. It is bounded on the east by Morristown township; on the west it is bounded by the County line and Pictou county. A great part of Arisaig is still covered by forest, and thus far in a geological sense it is largely obscure. The soil is generally fertile, as might be expected from the prevalence of feldspathic and calcareous rocks. The numerous brooks which intersect it in vari- HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 49 ous directions, are pathways to the geologist. They afford water power to the saw-mill, grist-mill and factory, and supplies of water for other uses. The country is well watered. The brooks are: Malignant Brook, McNeil’s Brook, Doctor’s Brook, Arisaig Brook, Smith’s Brook, McAdam’s Brook, McAra’s Brook, Knvydart Brook. The northern boundary of the township—Northumberland Strait —affords abundance of fish to the settler. Its shore is of surpassing interest to the geologist. Its beaches make it an admirable water- ing place. . The Arisaig mountains rise to the elevation of 1010 and 1000 feet. MeNeil’s mountain is considered the second highest mountain in Nova Scotia proper. Cape Breton has an elevation 1360 feet.— Admiralty Chart. GEOLOGY. I purpose to illustrate the Geology of Arisaig by a series of Sections, traversing it in different directions : le’ Malignant Brook Section, Shore to MeNeil’s Mountain, MeNeil’s Brook, Doctor’s Brook, Shore to McDougall’s Mountain, Frenchman’s Barn to McDonald’s Mountain, Mountain Pass (Doctor’s Brook), Arisaig Pier to Mountains, Smith’s Brook, McAdam’'s Brook, McAra’s Brook, Knoydart Brook, Shore Section from Morristown township to Knoydart Brook. mom arto Of OO bo ee ee oo npr oOo I propose also to illustrate the Geology of the whole County by continuations of two of these Sections—of Sections 8 and 13: 4 50 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. Section 1.—Malignant Cove to Sugar Loaf (Mountain.) At the Malignant Cove we have a patch of Lower Carboniferous conglomerate, penetrated by trap (diorite) in a singular manner. This conglomerate has been hardened by contact with the trap. The conglomerate and trap in contact are exposed to a short distance up the brook, below and above McDonald’s erist mill. The con- glomerate is then discontinued. The trap continnes to a farther distance and is succeeded by slates. Returning to the diorite (trap) and crossing it westerly a short distance we take our course again southward. ; The diorite extends to the summit of the Sugar Loaf, a distance of one mile. A band of red slates coming from the west seems to terminate abruptly on the back of the mountain. Section 2.— West of Malignant Cove to Mc Neil’s Mountain. From the shore to the bridge over which the road passes, we have diorite exposed in the brook. Under the bridge there is red syenite. This extends up the brook to some distance. Turning to the right, we come to an eminence of diorites, having a thin vein- like band of red slates, six inches wide, which terminates here. Following this slate westward to the mountain road, we find it in broken patches alternating with the diorite. It occurs in similar manner to some distance up the road, then it becomes a continuous band extending toward the west. Proceeding along the road toward the mountain we cross diorite (extending?). Succeeding this is the band of red slate of which that of the Sugar Loaf is the eastern extension. This also extends westward. Another part of this band extending to the rear of the Sugar Loaf, becomes associated with syenzfe and intercepted. Crossing the bridge of MeNeil’s Brook, beyond it we have associated with these slates a boss of a peculiar Porphyry. The outcrop is about 28 x28 feet. This porphyry was long familiar to me from the occurrence of boulders on the shore. Proceeding onward and topographically upwards we have occc- HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. ol feet. We come to a porphyry similar to the preceding—we have reached MeNeil’s Mountain. This is a large boss of red syenite, having an elevation as has already been observed, of 1010 feet. On the south sional exposures of slates and quartzites to a distance of side of the mountain the ground is swampy, beyond is wilderness. The distance of this mountain from our point of departure is ¢co miles. SECTION 38rpD.—McWNeil’s Brook. At the mouth of the brook on the shore there is exposed a patch of strata, having a low dip. These are fossiliferous, the fossils indicating G. of the upper series. Along the brook to the south all is obscure until we reach the diorite of the preceding sections. Passing through this, a straight distance of then comes the band of red slates of preceding sections. In these I found patches of calcite, but no fossils. From this the brook passes eastward to the last section. Section 4TH.—Doctor’s Brook to McIntosh’s Mountain. On the shore and a little way up the brook, trap is crossed. From the miller’s house to the height above the mill, and on either side of the mill dam, great and even picturesque exposures of sin- gularly mixed and indescribable rocks are seen, which are regarded as metamorphosed sedimentary rocks, of A of the Upper Arisaig series. Succeeding there is a band of slaty rocks of A or Mayhill Sandstone age, having characteristic fossils. These have a width (thickness) of nated), having graptolites, and a large concretion. These have a width of 146 feet. To a farther distance of 192 feet there are black shales and slates. These have dingule and other fossils. This is B of the Upper Arisaig series. We have still in the section at the side of the road and the brook, 47 feet of slates—lithologically dissimilar. These are also fossiliferous. I regard these as the lower part of B’. Continuing the section we have an obscure interval of lofty banks, having a hard rock jutting into'the brook. This is probably feet. After this there are black shales, (lami- . : | | 52 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. the passage of the C strata of the last section. Following the course of the brook westward, for a short distance we have shelving strata, having a northerly dip. These are soft and hard, light green and unctuous. They have fossils characteristic of B’ of the upper series. We have thus a syncline. Passing over a field on an elevation of these strata, we reach diorite, a continuation of that of the preceding section. This contains about We have now reached the eastern branch of Doctor’s Brook, which here takes a southerly course, being direct south from the main brook and along our line of section. Succeeding the diorite are quartzites and slates having a very thin bed of dolitie iron ere (hematite). We have come to the red slates of preceding sections. Here they are parted in several places by diorite—before the trifur- cation already noticed. After these are slates and quartzites— sections of the mountains on the eastern side of the brook. The section terminates with the diorite of McIntosh’s mountain. Beyond this the rocks are obscured. Section 5tTH.—McDonald’s Cove to McDougal’s Mountain. Commencing at the Point on the east side of the cove, there is first the trap dyke of last section, succeeded by a peculiar green and red jaspideous rock. ‘Then follow the fossiliferous slates of A. After these come the laminated biack shales of B. ‘The contour indicates the probable continuance of these and the shales of B up to the rising ground. We pass on to Doctor's Brook. On its north side strata are observed haying a northerly dip. The fossils of these indicate C of the upper series. We are then upon the south side of the Syncline. After these come the B shales of the same side of last section. These are exposed in a section of the elevated ground already referred to. This part is on the bend of the brook formed by the east branch. A strip of interval or meadow extends to the south of the ridge and onward to the preceding section. Along this intervale flows the brook, first on the south side ; itthen crosses and flows on the north side. As it flows on a HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 53 the north side it skirts sections of B strata—on the south it washes strata of limestone. This limestone is of lower carboniferous age—it is part of an isolated patch. A continuance of the section shows an outcrop of conglomerate of the same age underlying it and trap following. This insertion among pre-carboniferous rocks seems peculiar. Proceeding we have a considerable width of brown porphyry. This terminates a great exposure of diorite which rises boldly on the east. This diorite as well as that of McNeil’s Brook and Doctor’s Brook sections is ferruginous. Some have represented these as mountains of tron. Passing over to an elevation on the right, covered with small wood, we reach the red slate band; cross- ing this we have a band of diorite. We descend a steep well and crossing ‘‘ Bruin’s Highway,” we have an equally steep and much greater ascent of precipitous slate and quartzite. We are.on the side of MecDougall’s Mountain—climbing still farther the summit is reached—1000 feet above the sea level. The summit rock upon which Bayfield’s cairn stands is petro- stlex. The last rock exposed is a hard jaspideous conglomerate Ash. Beyond all is obscure. Section 67TH.—Frenchman’s Barn to Mc Donald’s Mountain. In the sea north of the Frenchman’s Barn (rock), trap is seen rising. This is a continuation of the trap of two last sections. The Frenchman’s Barn is a huge oblong mass of Jaspideous rock— being strata A porcellanized by the trap. It is pervaded by veins of quartz and baryte. After the jaspideous strata there come slates. These have a width of feet. Next come shales B. Shales are seen outcropping on the south side of the road and in a depression to the west through which the road passes. On the elevated ground all is obscure until Doctor’s Brook is reached. In the brook there is an outcrop of strata B’ of the southern side of the syncline. Ascending we have an obscure interval, outcrops of diorite on either side indicate a continuation in our section. Then come red and gray slates—these have a width of feet. Succeeding is i o4 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. the band of diorite as in the last section having a width of —— feet. An abrupt descent brings us into ‘‘ Bruin’s Highway.” Here evidences of Bruin’s depredations are met with. All rocks are obscure until we ascend to the sides of McDonald’s mountain. Occasional outcrops of slates are seen with diortite. The elevation at this point is 1000 feet. Passing over the petrosilex band, all becomes obscure. On the mountain road leading from Arisaig to Antigonishe there is an outcrop of granitoid rock which may be regarded as a continuation of our section. Section 7tH.—Mountain Pass along Doctor's Brook. Passing alone the band of red and grey slates from the last line of section westward ; these seemed to terminate, great diorite rocks taking their place. These in turn termimated before reaching Doctor’s Brook. Beginning at the bend of the brook we have elevations with slates and diorites. Then comes the obscure interval which takes the place of the diorites as already described. Crossing the brook as it passes into the mountain, we fullow the road along its eastern side. The rocks are obscure. Approaching the site of a saw mill diorites appear on the road side. In the section these have a width of feet. Climbing the diorite as it rises towards Mc- Donald’s mountain, a beautiful piece of rock scenery stands out before us. Titanic masses are piled one upon another in magnifi- cent order. Masses hoary with lichens and moss, and crowned with gnarled trees, their naked roots clasping the rocks and entering the crevices. This diorite extends a considerable distance up the mountain side. Extending the line of section we have outcrops of the mountain slates extending to a distance of feet. Then follows a section of the petrosilex band, showing a thickness of —— feet. This band rises boldly onthe east toward McDonald’s mountain. Doctor’s Brook now crosses the road and passes to a short distance in rear of the ridge, turning again southward at no great distance the brook is lost. HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 5d Section 8tu.—Arisaig Pier to the. Mountains. The Arisaix Pier rocks begin the section. The first rock is the Trap of preceding sections. It is here largely exposed in bold reefs. The second rock is hard porcellaneous jasper, beautifully banded with numerous veins of quartz and baryte. These have a width of feet. Following these are sand and sand _ banks hiving arenaceous shales, apparently unaltered representatives of the original of the porcellaneous jasper. They are of A and are non-fossiliferous. After these come B shales, the fossiliferous slates of A in sections 5th and 6th being missing. The B shales are fossiliferous and have the apparently characteristic cone in cone concretions. We have then a hill having B’ strata. Descending the hill we cross the road and following an old road ascend what is locally called double hill. As we take the new road we come upon Arisaig brook, and find on either side sections of double hill, having abundance of fossils of B’. On the top of the highest (second) part of the hill the outcropping strata produced a lingula of unusual size. The succeeding strata exposed on the side of the brook, show a ferruginous bed, about nine inches thick ; some parts of this bed have the qualities of iron ore. It is very fossiliferous. The fossils seem to indicate the horizon of C Aymestry lime- stone. Regarding this section as dividing the area of the upper series into two parts. This bed may be considered as a passage between C of the two divisions. These strata dip at a high angle. Proceeding along the old road we have other strata exhibiting both a northerly and a southerly dip. This is the approximate: position of the synclinal axis. The southern strata are non-fossil-. iferous—-they are red and gray. From their relative position to the strata succeeding in the line of section, and from considerations to which I shall afterwards turn attention, Iam disposed to regard these as part of a higher member of the upper series, 2. e., higher than D Upper Ludlow, and consequently equivalent to the Ludlow tilestone of Hngland. I would designate this EK of Upper Arisaig series. Succeeding this at a distance of feet strata are seen outcropping in considerable extent. These have abundance of fossils of D Upper Arisaig. Descending the hill no farther outcrops Ag Sy) HONEYMAN—GEOLIGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. are seen until we cross the road. About feet south of the road the mountain series is reached. Here are outcrops of slates. Ascending the mountain we find indications of the red slates of pre- ceding sections. From this the red slates pass on westward and seem to terminate in the mountain beyond. No traces of them could be found west of the mountain. Extending the line of section to the southward of this mountain we have slates, very hard grits, (ash)? and petrosilex. Spanning a precipice and deep gulch, we have again petrosilex, and ata distance of about a quarter of a_ mile we reach great outcrops of granitoid rocks — Syenites or diorites? I am not precisely certain. Section 9tH.—Smith’s Brook. At the mouth of the Brook the waters fall over strata B’ having characteristic fossils. Up to the bridge and beyond it the same strata continue. Farther up there is another fall. The rocks here are of C Upper Arisaig; this is evident from the fossils found in them. In the field above the brook C fossils are abundant; these strata extending westward are well exposed on the road, above it, and in the fields. ‘The rocks are coarse and hard, giving boldness to the outcrops. Section 10tTH.—McAdam’s Brook. This section begins with strata of the lower part of C of the upper series—Aymestry limestone. These strata are very fossil- iferous. It continues through outcrops of the same strata having abundance of fossils a degree higher in the series. It passes through strata having numerous fossils of D Upper Ludlow. Ata feet there is a small waterfall with strata having distance of a low dip. Continuing the section. we have a broad band of red slates having a high dip. These extend to the top of the brook, termina- ting in a swamp, where the brook takes its rise. These slates are apparently non-fossiliferous. I have designated them E as already intimated. ' | THONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. oT Seorion llru.—MecAra’s Brook. This section begins with amygdaloid (trap) ; the brook flows through it. Passing through this we come to red slates; then continue up the brook, mixed grey and red slates with trap; these slates are apparently non-fossiliferous. As they succeed the strata of the shore section which are the equivalent of the lower Ludiow, I regard them as higher, and although they occur on the north side of the series [ consider that they correspond with the red slates of the syncline in section 8, and with the red slates of last section (10). Still ascending the brook we have the lower carboniferous grits of the overlying formation. Passing through the woods to the north to a distance of about . we reach an outcrop of red slates with trap. (77 s¢tw?) These seem to be a continuation of the red slate (band) of MecAdam’s Brook. This ends the section. RETURN TO ARISAIG. To the south of the section there is a valley through which a branch of Knoydart Brook flows in a westerly direction. On the south side of the valley rise the Arisaig mountains. We descend into the valley and find a pathway along the side of the brook. This valley is a continuation of Bruin’s Highway. It occurs to us that the pathway may be a short way homeward, and that at the same time work may be done. Windfalls, brushwood, and a doubtful path make our way both difficult and tedious. We reach a swamp where our guiding brook takes its rise. Conse- quently our guide is gone. Alone, apprehensive of approaching night, and the unwelcome society of bruin, we proceed. At length another brook appears flowing in an easterly direction ; we suspect that it is Arisaig brook; we are assured, and following its friendly guidance, we ere long emerge from the thicket, reach the familiar road of section (8), and consider that all is right. Kwnoypart Brook. a In the Arisaig mcuntains—on the table land south of the mouth a8 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF AN'TIGONISHE COUNTY. of MecAra’s Brook, we find an outcrop of slates in a little brook. This brook proceeds through a hollow which seems to be a short way to Moydart. We now descend into the bed of the brook and make it our pathway as there is none other to be found. Coming into the line of the mountains of our sections we see lofty exposures of rocks. They are sections of the petrostlex band. Descending the brook the lofty mountains rise on either side without showing out- crops of rocks. We find that the path instead of being a compara- tively straight and short one is tortuous and long, as the brook makes considerably west of south. We are diverted from our path as Bruin is seen to lie in our way; we climb and pass him by on the steep mountain side. After some time we descen:l and reach a saw mill on the side of the road. To the left the mountain rises, an outcrop of slates is seen and examined. We proceed. Coming to the side of the advanced mountain we see an outcrop of rock towards its summit. We climb and find the outcropping rocks to be slates, but not red slates. The Lower Carboniferous Formation succeeds, having a brine spring on the roadside, a com- mon occurrence in this geological horizon in Nova Scotia. We are now on the west of the upper Arisaig series. The east- ern branch of Knoydart Brook here unites with the branch which we have just traversed. We are again in Bruin’s Highway, and near the Pictou County line. A range of lower carboniferous mountains and level ground now take the place of the upper Arisaig rocks. These mountains on the north and the continuation of Arisaig mountains on the south bound a beautiful and fertile valley, which is hid from the traveller who passes along the shore road. Section 12.—The Coast from Morristown Township to the mouth of Knoydart Brook. Beginning at the line of Morristown and Arisaig Townships, 7.e.. niles from the north side of Cape Si. George, we find exposed on the shore metamorphic slates of dark colour. These slates escaped observation until 1871. I was equally astonished when J found them, as I had been in 1868, when I discovered those about HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 59 that succeed them in our section. With our predecessors we had taken for granted that Lower Carboniferous strata skirted the shore, having for their termini the conglomerates of Malignant Cove and Cape St. George. The rocks before us are, as far as observed, non-fossiliferous. They are, however, unquestionably pre-carbon- iferous—a thin bed (?) of calcite is regarded as of organic origin. Their age is considered to be Upper Arisaig. They may be on the Middle Arisaig horizon. Farther examination is required to decide this point. We have’next the Lower Arisaig series. The first rocks of this series are syenites, dark red, cream-coloured and white; they are finely granular, sparingly hornblendic and susceptible of a fine pohsh. Green feldspar occurs in these syenites; they are also traversed by veins of calcite, several inches thick, and penetrated by veins of diorite. Succeeding these are strata of petrosilex. These are traversed by quartz veins, having mica. After these come steep cliffs of granitoid diorites which project into the sea. We have then a bed of ophicalcite and ophite. This extends to the road where it outcrops. To a distance of nearly two and a half miles there is a series of diorites, ophites, crystalline limestones and ophicalcites. The diorites are often granitoid ; sometimes the hornblende is in large crystals, set in albite. These are the rocks which produced the boulders in the drift and on the shore at Oegden’s. Often the diorite is homogeneous and ecrypto-crystalline. One rock is almost entirely hornblende and coarsely crystalline. Veins of snow-white calcite and quartz traverse the diorites in the same manner as the syenites. In one thick vein of quartz in the diorite there is tale in prismatic crystals as well as amorphous. The ophite often passes gradually into the hornblendic rocks (diorites), as if pseudomorphous. A hand specimen in the museum has the ophite blending with the diorite. I regard this series as divisible into two members as I have already indicated. lst —syenites, diorites, and hornblendic rock; 2nd — ophites, ophicaleites, granular limestone (marble), and petrosilex. I con- sider that the syenites and diorites and hornblendic rock, were of earlicr formation than the ophites, calcite, crystalline limestone 60 HONEYMAN GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. and petrosilex, and that conjointly they had been subjected to metamorphic action, by which the calcite veins had been formed in the syenite and diorite marbles formed; and the whole series blended and metamorphosed. Passing Boulder Point we enter Malignant Cove, with its sec- tions of drift, and come to the carboniferous conglomerate with intruded diorite. This is the beginning of section Ist. Proceeding along the shore we pass sand banks and then come to a little brook having diorite at its mouth. . This is the beginning of section 2nd. We have then sections of banks, of clay, sand and gravel, until we reach the mouth of McNeil’s Brook. Here the upper Arisaig series commences with a small outcrop of C strata, having fossils. These have a northerly dip. This is the begin- ning of section drd. Then follows an obscure interval, and an out- crop of rock appears of doubtful character. After these there are outcrops of jaspideous rocks of A, or the lowest member of the strata on the northern side of the syncline of sections 4th, dth, 6th, and 8th, so that in the obscure interval passed there is concealed a synclinal axis. These jaspideous rocks include 12 feet of soft rocks, (Dysyntribite) hydrous, silicates of alumina. Parts of these rocks are easily polished and are very beautiful. The rocks were at first regarded as a variety of saponite. These rocks have been metamorphosed by the succeeding trap dyke. Of this dyke we have now a magnificent continuing exposure extending about ———— along the shore. This trap is compact, porphyritic, amygdaloidal and tuffaceous. At Doctor’s Brook it is the first rock of Doctor’s Brook section, No. 4. The termination of this exposure is the first rock of McDonald’s Cove, section No. 5. The rocks of our section here are Ist, a jaspideous rock; 2nd, slates and sandstones of A. Mayhill sandstone, having abundance of fossils ; 3rd black laminated shales of B Lower Clinton, having abundance of cone-tn-cone and other concretions. The latter are fossiliferous. A few years ago these shales were trenched with the expectation of finding a vein of ore, of which specimens were found on the shore. On the west side of the cove we have again slates HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 61 of A, having lenticular beds of fossils. These have a thickness of fect. Succeeding these on the shore is trap, compact and tuffaceous. Then trap and altered strata of A are seen. The trap then disappears. We have then a recurrence of the Hydrous silicates ef Alumina, having brilliant yellow colours. Polished specimens of these are very beautiful. There are also jasper, like serpentine, associated with the Frenchman’s Barn and trap of section No. 6. Beyond this is the greatest amount of hydrous silicate of alumina rocks. After their discovery, these were regarded by some as of probable economic importance, and were consequently quarried to some extent without realizing expectation. In these are veins having the characters of true agalmatolite (Figure stone). After an obscure interval we haye again, trap, with an elevation to the south, consisting of red porcellaneous rocks. After this comes clay, which seems to overlie hydrous silicate of alumina rocks, and to have been formed from them, and then the trap and jas- pidious rocks of Arisaig Pier—section No. 8. The rocks of A, whether metamorphosed and non-fossiliferous, or partially metam- orphosed and fossiliferous, do not extend beyond this. The latter is not known to the west of the Frenchman’s Barn, and it is only fossiliferous, from Doctor’s Brook outcrops on the road 200 feet east of Doctor’s Brook, and at the shore at McDonald’s Cove, so that this, the lowest member of the Upper Arisaig series, is very limited. It does not occur elsewhere in the township of Arisaig. Its next occurrence being at Marshy Hope and Lochaber Lake. Continuing the section, we have in the Cove the black lamina- ted shales of B, Lower Clinton, having cone-in-cone concretions and abundance of fossils. These terminate at the mill sluice of Arisaig Brook, where strata of B’ Upper Clinton commence. These are lithologically unlike the strata of B. They are greenish, while the others are black. They also shew distinct stratification, by the alternation of slates and shales. These are exposed in low sections along the shore, being overlaid by great accumulations of drift. They are also seen on the beach at low water. They dip with varying angles, and in different directions. One of the highest 62 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF.ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. sections is at the mouth of Smith’s Brook, being the first rocks of the section No. 9. Here by a faulé they are thrown forward upon the shore; another set of strata coming in between them and the lofty bank of drift on the south. Large boulders of amygdaloid are seen on the shore at this point. These seem to indicate the existence of a continuation of the trap dyke, covered by the sea. The character of the strata now reached differs very much from the preceding. On paleontological considerations, I have separated them from the others. This conclusion has been confirmed by the analogy of the Upper Arisaig series of Springville, East River of Pictou. Peculiar organisms, found nowhere else, are common in the same position to beth. [Collections in the Provincial Museum, and in the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, Gabriel Street, Montreal. | Being paleontologically and lithologically different, I regard the strata in the section as the beginning of C, Aymestry limestone. These strata are black, coarse, hard slates and shales. The one is so hard that it is scarcely possible to extract fossils from them—the others are so yielding that it is almost equally impossible to pre- serve the fossils taken out of them. These rocks extend along the shore in ledges as far as McAdam’s Brook. They have a southerly dip. Succeeding them in the sec- tion are shaly strata, also of dark colour, having numerous and Jarge concretions, regularly rounded. Leautiful fossils abound in them, but they cannot be extracted, as the concretions are very hard, besides they have a cross fracture. After these come the ledges of Moydart Point. These consist of compact argillaceous strata with shales. They are very fossil- iferous; the fossils being highly characteristic of C. Extending along the shore to some distance south west of this point, and strongly resisting the elements by their hardness, they form bold ledges, precipices and deep recesses. ‘They pass into D, Upper Ludlow. These strata present the same general aspect as the preceding. Only the highest strata become beautifully er eal HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 63 variegated with alternating red strata, presenting a bold precipice with a beautiful series of layers, having a dip 45°. Following these and seeming to butt against them is a wall of dark red strata. The colour of these is uniform. They have a southerly dip. The great change of direction shown by these is doubtless the effect of the action of a mass of amygdaloid. This is the first appearance of igneous rock since we left Arisaig Pier. The observer now can see the effect, although the cause is not so strikingly apparent as it was when I became acquainted with the spot about 20 years ago. ‘This piece of rock scenery then was truly magnificent. The huge rounded mass of amygdaloid extending across the shore toward the sea so as to project into it at full tide, while at the sane time it overlapped and reposed on the wail of silurian strata on the shore, covering what was then regarded as the point of junction between the devonian and lower carboniferous for- mations. When in 1868 I re-visited this scene of a multitude of interesting associations, of much hammering, and many intcresting disclosures of new forms of ancient silurian life. I must confess to a fecling of sadness at the changes wrought on the scene by the almost total disappearance of the great black rock with its friendly shelter from the hot rays of the midsummer sun. The junction of the then supposed Devonian and Lower Carboniferous, and sub- sequently of the Upper Silurian, and supposed Lower Carbon- ifcerous, is now completely exposed by the remoyal of the mass of trap (amygdaloid), by the action of the tides and storms. Mr. Weston, of the Canadian survey, informed me last summer that he had found fossils which were not carboniferous, in the soft unstratified (apparently) rocks which succeed the silurian well of our section, so that the said point of junction is no longer to be regarded as that of the silurian and carboniferous, but as the proba- ble junction of two pre-carboniferous formations, or D and E of the Upper Arisaig series, vide sections :— McAra’s Brook, No. 11. McAdam’s Brook, ** 10. Arisaig Pier, bc 8. 64 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. Passing these soft strata we reach a ledge of trap, then a sinus of the soft strata, and then another Jedge of trap. A third exposure of trap includes the mouth of McAra’s Brook, section 11. Con- tinuing the section we have unmistakable lower carboniferous con- glomerate. This brings the junction of the pre-carboniferous and lower carboniferous to McAra’s Brook—the junction being con- coaled by the trap of the McAra’s Brook section. The continuation of the lower carboniferous conglomerate be- comes interbedded with trap at intervals, which may be regarded by some as contemporaneous, by others as intrusive. I regard them as the latter, and consequently of a time subsequent to the formation of the conglomerate. This alternation of hard igneous, and comparatively soft rocks on ashore exposed to violent storms and wasting ice sheets, has resutled in the formation of jutting ledges, precipices and caverns, with trappean roofs. Running the section a short distance beyond the county line, we have alternations of grits, sandstones and slates. A considerable bed of Lower Carboniferous limestone, resting on slates, marls, and a thin bed of Oolitic limestone, with characteristic Lower Car- boniferous fossils. Still farther we have sandstones with two thin beds of lignite having grey sulphuret of copper. After these sandstones continue— some of these have arenaceous concretions. We have now reached the end of our coast section. Knoypart Broox, Picrovu Co. The sections described shew that we have in the Township of Arisaig, three series of Pre-carboniferous Rocks : 1. A crystalline series. 2. A mixed crystalline and uncrystalline series. 3. An uncrystalline series. I have characterized the Ist as the Lower; the 3rd as the Upper, and I would now characterize the 2nd as the Middle series. HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 65 The granitoid members of the lower serves, e. g. syenite and diorites, pass on so as to beard the middle series on the south. The middle series is distinct in sections 5, 6, 7. In 5 and 6 it is bounded by members of the upper series. In section 8 it is bounded by the upper and lower series. Collating the various sections, we find the méddle series as con- sisting of— Jaspideous conglomerate (ash). Petrosilex. Quartzite. Argillites—red and grey, mixed and separate. Diorites. o> Or ye G2 NO Porphyry. Syenite. (?) In section 2 the series has a width of nearly two miles. From the shore to the red syenite of McNeil’s Mountain. In sections 5, 6 and 8, the series has a width of about one mile. ~y Section 5th.—McDougall’s Mountain to the shore may be regarded as the representative section of this series, as it is characteristic, and as it also exhibits clearly the relation which the middle series bears to the lower and upper. Assuming that syenites or diorites of the lower series lie in the obscure district to the south of McDougall’s Mountain, as we are warranted to do by the existence of these in similar positions in sections 1, 2, 4 and 8. The sections are_as follows: Syenite or diorite. Lower. ‘h 2. Jaspideous conglomerate (ash), 3. Petrosilex, 4, Slates—grey, ; ; . . Aaa Mi ] s. 5. Diorite ( homogeneous), Jiddle series ; 6, 7. Slate—hard, red, Diorite and porphyry, Conglomerate, Carboniferous. Limestone, | Diorite (Trap, Ds 66 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. = : wanting, ) B | C + Upper series. B | A Diorite (Trap), J The resemblance between this section, until the Upper Arisaig series is reached, and a great part of the Wentworth section of the I. C. R. ( Transactions 1873-4) is sufficiently obvious. ; The sequence of the section shews that this series is between the other two series, and that it is below the upper—Middle Silurian— and that it is therefore Lower Silurian. The upper series is wholly wnerystalline, being unmixed. Lithologically this seems to indicate that the whole Wentworth section of the I. C. R. between the syenite and the carboniferous, with an exception to be afterward noticed is Middle Arisatg—as it is mixed crystalline and uncrystalline. Paleontology may lead to a different conclusion in reference to the last part of the Wentworth section of the pre-carboniferous rocks. (Vide Paper on the I. C. R.) It is only in this section that the carboniferous comes between the middle and upper series—in sections 4, 6, and 8, it is absent. Section 5 vies with the Wentworth section in having a representa- tion of the Oldest Sea Beach. In Nova Scotia it surpasses it by having it at the loftiest elevation. The conglomerate of the section is about 980 feet above the present sea level, being only 30 feet lower than the syenitic top of McNeil’s Mountain, of Section 2nd, 1010 feet, which as far as known, is the second highest in Nova Scotia Proper. If the conglomerate is volcanic ash, this may be a sea bottom. * This band of Petrosilex seems to have supplied the aborigines of Prince Edward Island with choice material for stone implements. ( Vide specimens of hatchets in the Provincial Museum.) P. I. J. is on the opposite side of Northumberland Strait; the eastern part of it being 20 miles distant from Arisaig. The geological formations of the Island being Carboniferous, Permian (?) and Triassic, could not meet their waats, and consequently they had to come to Arisaig. HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 67 The members of the upper sertes are arranged in a synclinal form, having a northern and a southern side. These are irregu- larly distributed over the area. Regarding the area as divided into eastern and western by section No. 7, the Arisaig Pier section. The lower member A is confined to the eastern division, begin- ning between 3 and 4 and ending with the dividing line. The second B is principally in the eastern division. It begins with section 4 and ends in the western division, between the dividing line and Smith’s Brook, section No. 8. It is wholly on the northern side of the synclinal. The third member B’ occurs or both sides of the synclinal, in the eastern divisicn. In the western division it occurs on the northern side, beyond Smith’s Brook section. The fourth member C occurs in the eastern division on the southern side of the synclinal, beginning with section 3, McNeil’s Brook. It occurs next in section 5. It then occurs on the northern side of the dividing line and extends beyond McAdam’s Brook section and beyond Moydart point to the vicinity of McAra’s Brook. The fifth member D occurs to the east of the dividing line on the southern side. It occurs in the western division and north side in McAdam’s Brook section, and its principal part is in the shore section, between Moydart point and McAra’s Brook section. The Jast member E appears on the south side of the dividing line, the north side of McAdam’s Brook section, and in the whole of McAra’s Brook section, north and south sides of synclinal. These facts are important as shewing the irregularity of occur- rence and conditions of formations even in a very limited area. CORRELATION. (1).—The Lower Arisaig series has its corresponding rocks in the I. C. R. section of the Cobequids. On the Colchester side the syenites and diorites of the centre are succeeded by petrosiliceous rocks, jaspers, gneisses, diorites (cryp- to-crystalline) and calcite, to which may be added the marbles of Five Islands. ‘This series has its counterpart on the Cumberland side. Syenites, diorites, porphyries of the centre succeeded by the diorites, porphyries and jaspers of Smith’s Brook and section. 68 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. These are the undoubted equivalent of the series in question. The Middle Arisatg series has no representative on the Col- chester side. It is well represented, as has already been observed in the conglomerates, jaspers, slates, shales, diorites and porphyries of the Cumberland side of the I. C. R. (1I).—I have elsewhere shown the relationship of George’s Mountain (C. B.) rocks to the lower Arisaig series. (Transactions 1872-3.) In 1860 I found red syenites at the mouth of Louisbourg Har- bour, C. B., and along the shores toward Gabarus. The entrance of the magnificent ocean harbour of this once celebrated fortification of Louis XIV, is a break in this syenitic wall. This syenite was observed as crossed in several parts by dark green homogeneous diorite. These had not been previously indi- cated in the Geological map. Mr. Bowser, Halifax, who has been engaged by the Department of Marine and Fisheries in repairing the light-houses of Scatarie island, which lies to the north of Louisbourg, has presented to the Museum a very interesting collection of rock specimens from the island, which shew that it is composed of rocks of the Middle Arisaig series. The rocks of West Point, as shown by the speci- mens, are jaspideous conglomerates and diorites. One conglom- erate is brown, with crystals of feldspar, like a porphyry. The others are green, with pebbles of brown and red jasper. The diorite is homogeneous and coarsely crystalline. Ifthe syenites of Louis- bourg and the carboniferous strata of the Cape Breton County were to be extended eastward, so as to run parallel, the rocks of Scatarie would lie between them. A conglomerate boulder from the beach derived from the rocks on the shore of Scatarie is of peculiar inter- est. Being polished, it shows an imbedded pebble of many striped jasper, which might be regarded as deriyed from the striped jasper band associated with the ophicalcites, marbles, &e. of George's Mountain, C. B. (Paper in Transactions 1872-3.) This is admit- ted by all who have compared the boulder with the specimen of the jasper rock in the Museum. The Scatarie conglomerates yery much resemble those of the I. C. R. in the Cobequids. ‘These and other - considerations seem to justify the opinion—obliterated by mistake : HONEYMAN-——GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 69 1.—That the Lower Arisaig series is distinct from the Middle series. 2.—That by volcanic agency the lower series was elevated above the sea, prtor to the formation of the middle series. (?) . 3.—That while the latter is regarded as Lower Silurian the former may be regarded as Cambrian (?) or Laurentian, wati? paleontology has decided the question. In my paper on the J. C. R. section, (Transactions 1873-4), I correlated the Wentworth section with a section of the Wales’ Silurian rocks, according to Professor Ramsay’s authority. The difference between the Wales and J. C. R. section, now seems to be that the latter seems to have a greater range downward. Morristown Townsrip.—( Continuation of Section 12.) Traversing the shore of Northumberland Strait, eastward of the Arisaig Township. Before reaching the north side of Cape George we pass out of the metamorphic (?) middle, and upper silurian slates into lower carboniferous conglomerate. This conglomerate varied by a projecting trap-rock (diorite), here and there, especially at the point of the Cape, constitutes the section to the south-east side of the Cape in St. George’s Bay. These form the north-east part of the north side of the northern carboniferous area of the County. The remaining part of this side westward extending to the Arisaig mountain (Sugar Loaf), is separated from the strait by the meta- morphic slates and the Lower Arisaig series of the section already described. In the part that overlies the Lower Arisaig series there occurs lower carboniferous limestone. Continuing the section on St. George’s Bay we have coarse sandstones, with shrinkage cracks, and sandstones with scales of palewoniscu. At Graham’s Brook we found flora in the sandstone, casts of lepidodendron, &c. Between this and the north side of the Morristown lakes there is no outcrop of interest—the ground being flat. From the Cape to Morristown lakes the carboniferous series ascends; after that there comes another series which descends. The Morristown lakes’ strata include a coal field—Dawson’s Acadian Geology, Ed. 1867. This coal field has a history.— 70 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. as far as I can recollect, in the summer of 1859, one of the McDonalds’ of the North Grant, Antigonishe, bronght to me a specimen of highly bituminous shale, from an exposure found while searching in the wouds for ship timber. At this time I was’ residing in Antigonishe. I accordingly visited the locality and saw a large outcrop of black shiny bituminous shale, associated with a dark brown shale equaily bituminous. In these I found abun- dance of scales of paleontscus and various forms of lepidodendra. (Dawson's Fossil Plants of Canada. Geological Survey of Canada.) The discovery of the Fraser Oil Coal in the Pictou Coal. Field, and its uses, encouraged the expectation that this shale might be available for the manufacturing of Coal Oil, or that something highly bituminous, or coal itself might be associated with it. This expectation induced the discoverer to undertake the work of explor- ation, associated with John Campbell, Esq., of Dartmouth, who is well known as an indefatigable and successful explorer of the gold and coal fields of Nova Scotia. This work continues up to the present time, and is to be continued during the coming season. Mr. Campbell reports as having discovered as follows : 5. Coal—A4 feet or more. Beds, thickness not ascertained. 4. Coal—4 to 6 feet. Beds, thickness unknown. 3. Coal—3 feet 6 inches. Beds, unknown. 280. ‘ 2. Coal—5d feet 9 inches. Coal—6 feet. 1.2 Shale--3 feet. Coal—2 feet. Coal—28 to 30 feet. Continuing the section we have to the south of Morristown Lakes, Cribbean’s Head, a large exposure of Lower Carboniferous strata, containing casts of trees and calamites. Near MclIsaac’s Point, we have reached the lowest strata of the south side of the carboniferous basin. At MclIsaac’s Point we have an outcrop of metamorphic slates and diorite (igneous. ) This is the eastern terminus of a formation which extends into the township of Dorchester in the form of an isosceles triangle, its base commencing at a distance of 14 miles from Antigonishe(Town), HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 71 and extending to the north a further distance of 44 miles. About two miles to the west of this base we have what may be strict’y regarded as a continuation of the same formation. ‘The intervale is occupied by lower carboniferous conglomerate and grits, which doubtless overlap and obscure the underlying connection. This continuation beginning on the north in the Arisaig mountains, extends southward to a distance of about two miles north-west of Antigonishe, bounding Pleasant Valley and the north carboniferous area of Antigonishe on the west. I observed this continuation to extend to the west of Antigonishe at least a distance of 6 miles in the mountains. The Falls of James’ River being formed by a magnificent and on either side towering exposure of these metamorphic olive coloured slates. About a mile south-west of the outcrop of the section, the range of mountains commences and continues to Antigonishe, their culmi- nation being the Sugar Loaf, 760 feet above the sea level. The summit of the Sugar Loaf is an igneous rock—diorite. About 24 miles north of the Sugar Loaf is another igneous centre. Appear- ing first on the fields and brooks at Donald McDonald’s (Brook), it extends westward, outcropping and joining a lofty bluff on the east of Right’s River. Here the rock is amygdalotdal. It is uncertain whether the diorite of the outcrop is the extension of the first or second, or of both. I have heretofore regarded it as the continua-_ tion of the second. I regard this eruption as contemporaneous with that of the diorite of McLellan’s Mountain and Sutherland’s River as post Upper Silurian and pre-carboniferous—Devonian, and the metamorphic slates as metamorphosed Middle and Upper Silurian, according to the analogy of East River, Pictou, McLellan’s Moun- tain, &c.—( Transactions 1870-71.) Continuing the line of section on St. George’s Bay, we have on the south side of the pre-carboniferous rocks described the lower strata of the north side of the southern carboniferous area of the County. These consist of conglomerate, breccia, sandstone and limestone, partly covered by a great bed of drift, containing and discharging large boulders on the shore of strongly characteristic rocks of the Lower Arisaig series of the Northumberland Strait me 12 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. part of the section. Boulders from the bed, lying on the shore had long attracted attention and excited enquiry in reference to their origin. Proceeding, limestone occurs having bold sections, and then we have projecting into the sea lofty cliffs of hard and soft gypsum and beds of clays, with fibrous gypsum, and red in great variety. The intimate connection manifest between the carbonate and sulphate of lime when the two occur in cuntact, seems to me at variance with some theories that have been advanced relating to the origin of gypsum. We have now come to the mouth of Antigo-- nishe harbour. Monk’s Head beyond the harbour at a distance of miles from Ogden’s, shows a continuation of the gypsum deposits. Here there is a section of gypsum, which seems to be the southern limit of these deposits. These limestones with gyp- sum, are also of great longitudinal extent. At Ogden’s Point they are seen leaving the shore. Their course indicated by a series of elevations of 50 feet on Bayfield Plan of the harbour, run parallel with the mountains described, and show occasionally conglomerate underlying, until we reach North River—the line between Morristown and Dorchester Township. On this river the gypsum is prominent and well exposed. It rises in hills and is also exposed in the river and road sections. It reaches to the mouth of the river and is exposed on the opposite side of the harbour in bold sections. It is not again seen on the north side of the harbour, as it has passed over to the south, appear- ing on that side of the harbour, extending southward on South River, and crossing the road from Antigonishe to the Strait of Canso. On the south side of the harbour it is associated with syenite and fossiliferous limestone. Sometimes the syenite apparently stands alone—at other times it is in direct contact with the fossiliferous limestone—one instance is notably so. We have an elevation which rises 300 feet above the sea level. I have elsewhere referred to this case as subversive of the theory advanced by some geologists -—maintaining that the marbles of Cape Breton are lower car- oniferous limestones, metamorphosed by the action of syenite. ‘Transactions 1872-3.) Here the limestone in the closest possible HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. 73 contact with syenite, so as to form «@ breccia,"is wholly unaltered, Entomostraca even being unaffected. The reason why is obvious. These syenites existed long before the carboniferous limestones were formed. They were evidently also existing in the bottom of the sea of the carboniferous period. The organic agencies forming the limestone lived and died on and around them. ‘Their remains even until the present period have been totally unaffected by metamorphosing agencies such as those which were at work at Arisaig Pier and elsewhere. The gypsum re-appears projecting from the bank of Right’s River, between Trotter’s factory, on the north, and on the bank of West River, south of Antigonishe, on the south. Passing from Right’s River, and skirting the overlapping lower carboniferous conglomerates already noticed, that connect the northern and southern carboniferous areas, it meets Brailey Brook, and proceeds along its south side, forming a lofty wall, whose foot is laved by the water of the Brook. This gypsum has the limestones of Pureell’s quarry, McIntosh’s and Grant’s occurring at intervals between the Antigonishe and Malignant Cove road, and the place where Brailey’s Brook proceeds from the mountain. These lime- stones run nearly parallel with the gypsum at a distance of 300 to 500 feet on the north, underlying the gypsum and overlying the conglomerate, which are formed against the metamorphic middle or upper silurian slates of the mountains already described. The limestones contain deposits of brown ochre calehopyrite, and occa- sionally malachite, (ores of copper) in very small quantities. They are used extensively for building purposes. The Antigonishe Cathedral is in large part built of the limestone from MeIntosh’s quarry. The gypsum proceeds beyond Brailey Brook, westward to the vicinity of James’ River, and passes to the south appearing at about a distance of two miles, in a considerable outcrop at Addington Forks. The limestones proceed westward, after being left by the gypsum at James’ River, terminating in this direction with associated con- glomerates on the road side at the beginning of the Big Clearing 8 miles from Antigonishe. 74 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. Southward the lower carboniferous limestones extend on the east side of the Ohio River (a branch of West River), that flows on the east of the Ohio Mountains. One of these limestones is of paleon- tulogical interest as containing trilobites(Phillipsia). They reappear at the Lochaber road, having a deposit of beautiful cinnamon coloured ochre. The last of these limestones, as far as we know, is in St. Andrew’s Township, where we shall meet them again. SALINE. The names Saltsprings, Saltpond and Saltworks, are suggestive. These all lie in the gypseous area described. Saltsprings is the name of a settlement on West River. The Saltpond is on the intervale below the Episcopal Church of Antigonishe. The Salt- works are on the intervale below the Town. HIstorRY OF THE SALTWORKS. Shortly after I directed the attention of the Institute to the existence of the Saltpond, &c., in 1866, Josiah Deacon, Esq. visited me in Antigonishe, in his search after a proper locality for Saltworks. Encouraged by the indications of salt around Antigo- nishe, he commenced operations with a magnificent set of boring apparatus, imported from England. Supposing that Town Point, near the mouth of the harbour, would be a point where the supposed flow cf the saline waters which supplied the Springs and Pond would be tapped, and the salt most conveniently exported, he made a six inch boring, and lined it with iron tubing. At a certain depth in the soil and clay, he entered gypsum—passing through a con- siderable thickness of gypsum. He came to sandstone without finding any indication of brine, and concluded that farther operation in this locality was useless. ; This boring showed that the gypsum bed outeropping on the north or the skirts of the mountain, and the outcrop on the south side of the harbour, were in all probability the edges of a continu- ous bed of gypsum, and that it was sometimes deposited on the lower carboniferous sandstones without the intervention of the lime- stone seen elsewhere. It also shewed that the harbour was in an excavated bed of gypsum. HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISH COUNTY. 7d Mr. Deacon next operated on the intervale below the Town, not far from the confluence of Right’s River, Brailey Brook and West River. Tere salt water and salt occurred on the surface—making the place a favorite resort of the cattle. Here, after passing through a considerable thickness of clay, impregnated with salt, he came upon gypsum. In this the boring was so dry that it was difficult to work. Suddenly the bore hole was found to be filled to some distance from the top. Mr. Deacon was in transports when he found that the fluid was brine. Not- withstanding vigorous pumping, the brine kept up to the mark, with a great discharge of sulphuretted hydrogen. Being now very sanguine in his expectations, he had a steam engine erected for pumping, and furnaces, tanks and evaporating pans of large dimen- sions constructed for the production of salt. After the manufacture of a considerable quantity of salt, the strength of the brine became very much reduced. Mr. Deacon accordingly commenced another boring at a point near to the evaporating building; after boring through clays, impregnated with salt to a depth of 650 feet, with- out finding any indications of brine—the brine of the other boring becoming too weak for use, and the working capital exhausted, the work was abandoned. It is much to be regretted that a greater extent of the saliforous area was not explored by the boring apparatus, especially in the region of the Saltpond. On the south side of this carboniferous area lies Cape Porcupine, on the Strait of Canso. Conglomerates and other lower strata, with limestone advance from this to meet those that I have been describing. Combined they crowd toward the Bay. Higher strata at Pomquet have small coal seams. Near the Forks of Pomquet the sandstones contain deposits of the grey sulphuret of copper, of the usual (?) economic value of such deposits in the Lower Carboniferous Sandstones of Nova Scotia. I would here observe that the geology of this County, and the physical feature, or hills, lakes, rivers, uplands and intervales, which largely originate from its geology, constitute Antigonishe the finest agricultural county in the Province. Its only drawback is its prox- imity to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, with its Glactes (Ice.) 76 HONEYMAN —GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. Section 8.—Continued. This section from Arisaig Pier to the Mountains extending south- west to the point where the Marshy Hope Road intersects the county line between Antigonishe and Pictou Counties, passes through a table-land which is covered by forest. On the north side of the road at the county line there is a band of strata A of the Upper Arisaig series with characteristic fossils. This outcrops on the side of the road at the place indicated, and also on the road at the coach stables, east. The section has an obscure passage—from this south to the Ohio Mountains above Addington Forks. It then traverses the red syenites which form the western boundary of a considerable part of the southern carboniferous area of Antigo- nishe. ‘This syenite extends westward into the County of Pictou, and southward into the County of Guysboro. At a distance of about eight miles from Addington Forks—the section now running eastward to Lochaber Lake, at right angles to its former course, crosses the Ohio River, and passes to the Mountain west of Lochaber Lake, with its granitoid diorite. Overlying this is a band of strata A, Upper Arisaig, or (Middle Silurian), having abundance of characteristic fossils. It is worthy of notice that this was the position where I first discovered this member of the series in 1858. The fossils here are generally casts, some of them are silicified. Perfect specimens are occasionally found. Overlying this are strata of C and D, Upper Arisaig (Upper Silurian), haying also abundance of fossils. On the side of the lake were found za situ, Chonetesi N. Scotica, Crania acadiensis, Dalmania Logani and Clidophori, characteristic of the upper part of D. Lochaber Lake in the line of section lies beautifully between two parallel ranges of hills, its iength is 4 miles. The opening which is at the south end conveys its waters to St. Mary’s River, which empties into the Atlantic Ocean. The lake is about half a mile wide. Near the opposite side is an islet, which is formed by tilted shales of red and grey colours. This band of slates is of considerable length and breadth. They form the elevated ridge on the east side of the lake. They are non- fossiliferous. I am disposed to regard these as corresponding with HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE CUUNTY. TT the red and grey band of the Middle Arisaig series, and to regard them and the rocks of the rest of our line of section which extends to South River Lake, and Upper South River, consisting of slates, diorites and quartzites, with cavities lined with large and pellucid crystals of vitreous quartz, as having more resemblance to the middle Arisaig series than to the metamorphic upper. The absence of fossils and the isolation of these rocks, may, however, render their relations and age doubtful. In the part of these around Polson’s Lake, there is evidence of the existence of iron and copper. Excavations have shown the exist- ence of veins of hematite. Masses of micaceous oxide of iron are scattered around, and also oxide of iron with pyrite and calcho- pyrite. The last have, at various times for a quarter of a century excited interest, as indications of copper ore of economic value. Two great searches had been made over twenty years ago. While I resided in Antigonishe two others were made, and two or three since that time. Considerable excitement was manifest in the summer before last, when D. Donald Fraser of Springville in his excavations, came upon a mass which seemed to be the desired lode. This excitement subsided when it was found that after ali it was only a mass; it is likely however that the search will be resumed. . Polson’s Lake is on the border of Guysboro County. It and the South River Lake on our line of section, empty into South River which flows through a long and fertile country and then enters into Antigonishe Harbour, so that the waters of the district flow towards the Atlantic on the south and the Gulf of St. Lawrence on the north. Terminating our line of section—we have after the quartzite with quartz crystals, Lower Carboniferous, unconformable, with sandstone and limestone of St. Andrew’s, we noticed the latter in connection with the previous section. The Upper Paleozoic part of the coast section as I have des- cribed it seems to throw some light upon the character of the Lower ‘Paleozoic or Kozoic ( ?). 1.—The Lower Carboniferous formation of Antigonishe Harbour shews limestone in contact with syenite, the connection of the 78 HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. syenite and the limestone being intimate, the latter being unaffected by contact with the former. 2.—The Lower Arisaig series also shows limestone in intimate connection with granitoid diorites. ‘This limestone is crystalline (marble). In some cases it is interbedded (?) with, and penetrated by, green dysyntribite (?}) (a serpentine-like rock), leading us to speak of ophite and ophicalcites. There is also a blending of the ophite with the diorites. The associated syenites have, also, in close connection, dark petrosilex, with veins of quartz containing - mica. The syenites and diorites are also penetrated’ by veins of calcite. 'The diorites have quartz veins with tale. In the same series there are homogeneous divrites very frequently occurring and seeming to penetrate the syenites, and diorites, and calcites. These seem to be interbedded rocks of igneous origin. §.—The Section also shews the lower part of the Upper Arisaig series, In contact with diorites of lower carboniferous age, the result of the contact being the conversion of sandstones into porcellaneous jasper—striped and uniform—other strata being converted into yellow, brown, and mottled dysyntribite rocks. 4,—I consider that if the cause of metamorphism in the last ease, and its action had been brought into association with the syenite and lower carboniferous limestone, specified with an addition of silicious and argillaceous sediment, and accidental elements of syenite and diorite—and also if the cause had been augmented and the action intensified—we should have a reproduction of the char- acteristics of the Lower Arisaig series, as in the section, and also as in St. George’s River, C. B., where we have striped jasper in the place of petrosilex, and (ophite) with calcite, &c. VOLCANIC. This county indicates volcanic action : 1. In the Lower Arisaig series, Cambrian? . In the Middle Arisaig series, Lower Silurian. 3. In the Upper Arisaig series (Metamorphic), volcanoes of aie vonian age, as in Pictou County. 4, In the Lower Carboniferous. bo HONEYMAN—GEOLOGY OF ANTIGONISHE COUNTY. i, TRANSPORTATION. Post PLIOCENE. Drift accumulations abound throughout the county. The trans- portation of the boulders at Ogden’s (vide shore section continued) from the Lower Arisaig series of the shore section, is in the direction 5. 30° E. No glaciation has been observed in the county. The drift material is to be regarded as to a large extent the product of the action of subaerial agencies, that were at work as now denuding the yarious formations in the tertiary period, addi- tions being made, and the transportation being effected by special agencies at work during the post tertiary (post pliocenc) period, e.g. tice agency. J.arge masses have been transported from Frenchman’s Barn (rock) and Arisaig pier of the same section, to elevated positions on the south. RECENT. The ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence often takes up rock masses and distributes them along the shore. Numerous examples can be pointed out, illustrating this statement, where carboniferous and other rocks have been taken from their original position some miles distant, and landed on the shore among Arisaig rocks. A notable instance of ice transportation occured a winter or two ago, when a large addition to Arisaig pier (wooden) with its ballast, was lifted up and landed in the middle of the cove some distance to the south of the pier. This mode of transportation has doubtless been in operation all along the northern shore of Nova Scotia, since the post pliocene period, and it has yet to be proved that the same process was not in operation prior to that period. This may be one reason why rock masses may often be found in the drift out of the regular course of post pliocene transportation. ( To be continued.) 80 GILPIN ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. Art. VI.—On THE SERPENTS OF Nova Scotia. By J. Brer- NARD GiLPiIn, A. B., M. D., M. R. C. S. (Read April, 1875.) FAMILY—Co.uusrip&, Genus—HUTANIA. Eutania sirtalis. B. & G. Coluber sirtalis. Linn. GARTER SNAKE. Genus—BAscaNton. Bascanion constrictor. B. & G. Brack Syaxe. Genus—Chlorosoma. Chlorosoma vernalis. B. & G. GREEN SNAKE. Genus—Diadolphis. Diadolphis punctatus. B. & G. Kine SNAKE. Genus—Storeria. Storeria occipitomaculata. B. & G. RrED-BELLIED SNAKE. In the class Reptilia, to which the serpents belong, we find that air breathing is first introduced to life, yet this is not the great air breath of the hot blooded mammals. The reptile has only a single circulation, and though breathing air, can do without it. They live for indefinite periods beneath water, and when in the air, respire about twice in a minute. . From the record of the past, we find nature passing through the early life forms of the Silurian ages, emerging into the fish, (oxygen breathers if not of air) in the Devonian, then producing reptiles whose first life forms are fish, and whose adult forms are air breathers and then the subject of our present paper, the ophi- dians, or serpents, who commence life as air breathers, but can do GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 81 without it, and which possess a small degree of parental affection in consequence of it, denied to the others : yet so slow is all this elabo- ration for the higher Jife of the hot blooded mammal, that there do exist fish that cannot live without air, and others that can live with- out air, but do have a parental affection. The young of the dog-fish accompany their parent and are taken into its stomach in time of danger, and a single species of East Indian fish cannot live without air. Fish generally live without air and devour their own spawn, frogs whose early life is fish do the same, but the serpent which commences from an egg in open air regards her young, cares for them, and like the dog-fish, receives them in her stomach as a conveyance, as well asa refuge, from danger. The curious modiformations, the bone used in the higher form for respiration alone, I mean the rib, undergoes in its progress to higher life, are striking, which must be my excuse for mentioning them in a paper on Nova Scotian Serpents. In fish the rib seems of no use in a respiration which is motionless. In the frog it seems a spinal process, having no attachment to a breast bone, but in the snake it is very numerous, strongly attached to the spine, extending the length of the body, and the free end attached to broad scales on the belly. By these scales moving forwards and backwards the snake glides. He may be said to run upon his ribs. These facts are of great value when we find the rib in the first hot blooded air breathers the porpoise jointed in the middle, and in the birds in- troduced into life at a contemporary period also jointed, and by the great power of contracting and extending its body adding vastly to its powers of locomotion in body. THE GARTER SNAKE. Hutania sirtalis. B.&G. Smithsonian. Institute. Coluber sirtalis. Linn. Storer. Trophidonatus sirtalis. Holb. Trophidonatus taenia. DeKay. This is the most common of our snakes, appearing in open springs, in April, and leaving us in October. I do not recollect ever finding them except alone. Though taking water very readily, 6 82 GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS QF NOVA SCOTIA. we find them in high elevations. The larger specimens attain about eighteen inches in length, according to my own observations, by others much more, and agree with Baird, and Gerard’s descrip- tion; light ashy, or dark reddish brown on back greenish white beneath with three pale stripes from head to tail, on the back and sides, with numerous irregular brown spots. The brown in some runs so reddish as to suppose a new species. They feed upon living food, toads, birds, butterflies, (on Mr. Downs’ authority,) and worms. I have frequently seen them swallowing toads, and what struck me more, was the utter indifference of the toad, contrasted. with the eager ferocity of the snake. I think the toad becomes benumbed, when rescued will not get out of the way, whilst the snake will fight a fair battle to retain his prize, charging you boldly again and again, that is if you forbear to break with yonr riding whip his beautiful coils, and be content to spoil him of his dinner alone, without taking his life. I found two toads in one that was coiled on the top of a low tree on a rocky islet in the great Fairy lake. His huge size arrested my attention and I ‘had him shot. This fact is opposed to the ordinary belief that they become torpid after swallowing their food until it is digested, as he evidently had swallowed the two after a short interval. On the tenth of August I captured one at Bedford Basin. He bit the glove cover- ing my hand so that I could feel his teeth gritting upon the buck- skin. JI transferred him to a glass case about two feet square, floored with moss. He made great efforts to escape, heaving him- self upright, nearly his full length—about eighteen inches—upon the smooth glass. I have no doubt on a roughened surface he could have moved vertically. He could raise his body six inches vertically without support. His usual attitude was in a coil, his head raised two or three inches, his ever vigilant eye open and bright, and his forked tongue menacing night and day. Yet certain noises or odors seemed to have more effect upon him than objects of sight. In feeding he tracked the earth worms by the slime they left upon the glass, and pounced upon them with a sudden fury that made one thrill. One day he eat twelve earthworms, and after that he allowed them to crawl over him. He took no notice of GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 83 flies, though I frequently offered them. He would not touch milk, but like others I have had was fond of water, drinking it, and con- tinually gliding through it. One day I found his whole appearance changed, bright yellow rings of the liveliest colour encircled his body. On close examina- tion I found that the scales which cover the body of all snakes, (except the abdomen and beneath the tail which are covered by scutella) are capable of separation, one from the other, when the skin is distended beneath them, and in this specimen the skin being bright yellow, this caused the yellow ring. Doubtless the puff adders when enraged and swollen owe their brilliant colour to this power. DeKay, speaking of the garter snake, says, it often changes its colours, but does not allude to the cause. In my speci- men it was caused by distension from feeding; it returned the next day to its usual coloring. It performed the function of respiration about twice in a minute. The eggs of this species are found repeatedly under stones and banks, yearly, in the Province. ‘They are dark olive, flattened roundish pellets, soft, apparently glutinous, and attached to each other by the extremities, and forming chains of from twenty-five to thirty and about one-third inch in diameter. On opening them a small snake is found coiled within them already with the typical marks of the adult. These eggs are usually picked up in August, and when kept will hatch out about the middle of that month—a period later than that of other reptiles which spawn in early spring. Three eggs of the garter snake (EK. sirtalis) were sent by mail to Halifax ; Archdeacon Gilpin, who received them, handed them over tohis son. ‘They were placed in a cigar box with gravel and about the middle of August one hatched out, a few days after birth small detached bits of skin were picked up in the gravel, and in a day or two an entire skin everted and perfect to the eyes was found. This analogy with seals and perhaps aJl mammals including man whose babies shed their hair directly after birth, is striking. This young snake was very lively, ate or drank nothing, began to fade about the end of October, and died in November. This is the most numerous snake of our Province. He affects dry rocky positions, 84 GILPIN—-ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. though he may be found in swamps and borders of rivers in search of frogs. He is often seen basking in the sun coiled upon warm rocks, in company with the green snake (C. vernalis). In my observation they seemingly never recognize each other, even of their own species, when even crossing each other’s bodies in confinement, though others have informed me they have seen them coiled together in struggling groups during their breeding season or says the Kentville Farmer 1875, ‘‘ ploughing in a field near Kentville, rooted up a ” in torpid masses hybernating. ‘*Two men, large stump, under which they found a coil of snakes numbering forty-five, in a torpid state.” .Their powers of penetration into the ground are small, nor can they penetrate below ‘* the frost” or 32° Fah., at which temperature the moisture from the surface is frozen to the depth of three or four feet in our climate. They therefore get beneath rocks and old stumps, or choose the soft soil of an old ant-hill. Mr. Stayner of Halifax, informed me that early in. October, near town, in passing an ant-hill he pushed his cane into it and forced out a torpid snake. Returning to the spot he turned out above sixty of various sizes and species, including E. sirtalis, C. vernalis, D. punctatus, and E. occipitomaculatus, a common instinct seemingly bringing all species together. Of this innocent species, it may be said he inhabits our Province in very considerable numbers, that he is seen in April, thawing out his winter’s torpid sleep in the warm sun,—in August is seen with his little group of young which accompany their mother, and in danger received into her belly, and coached away—and in Octo- ber retires again to the earth. Tue Brack SNAKE. Bascanion constrictor. B. & G. This snake is exceedingly rare in our Province, and I am indebt- ed to Mr. J. M. Jones, F. L. 8., for the only adult specimen I have identified. Mr. Downs had recognized it, and the various “stories of large snakes from many sources could only have been ‘referred to it. Mr. Jones’ specimen was of moderate size, and ‘agreed perfectly with the description of Buird & Girard, (Smith- GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 85 sonian Inst.) in its dark shining black above, bluish black below, and white about the chin and breast. Of its habits or haunts, I haye no notes or observations, as in our Province. Mr. Blackwood, a merchant of Halifax, gave me in August, 1871, three snake eggs out of a chain he had found beneath the root of a tree at Truro. They were double the size of the garter or green snake’s eves. I[ lined a glass wide-mouthed phial with damp cotton wool, and placed them in it, putting the phial in the sun. On the third day one of them was broken, and a young snake half way through the aperture. By the end of the day he had freed himself from the ege that was sticking to him by a yellowish sub- stance, and was a lively brilliant young serpent. The next day a second came out, whilst the third egg proved dead. They loved the sunlight, tried hard to escape, but survived only a fortnight, daily failing in liveliness before my eyes; as after trying them with milk, sugar and water, flies and ege, I had no means of feed- ing them—the whole group of an egg still containing its embryo ; an egg empty, and the little snakes themselves, in alcohol now, form the proof of a physiological fact that no one may doubt. From their great size, about two inches and a half in length, and their bluish-black colour, I considered them the young of B. constrictor ; but having no specimen by me, I will not assert it as a fact. They were the young of no other species inhabiting this Province. THe GREEN SNAKE. Chlorosoma vernalis. B. & G. Next to the garter snake this beautiful species is the most numerous in the Province. It is most usually seen about half grown, in the grass, of a lively green, but attains to the size of between two and three feet. It is not unfrequently met crossing the wood roads. It produces eges very like the garter snake, and receives its young in its mouth when in danger. I have identified its eggs. THE Kine SNAKE. Diadolphis punctatus. B. & G. This species is still more rare. I captured one on the borders 86 GILPIN ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. of Fairy Lake, Septr. 1870, and sacrificed a small flask of whiskey to preserve him. Mr. Silver of Halifax does not consider them so rare, and has identified their eggs. Rep BELLIED SNAKE. Storeria occipitomaculata. B. & G. This, like the preceding, is a small species, but more numerous, frequently coming around inhabited houses. I have no notes of its habits, and have never seen its eggs. This ends our list of Nova Scotia serpents. Scanty in species and in individuals, they share their scantiness with the other reptilia, which, with the exception of several species of frogs, are also few. The common toad is scarce, compared with New England. Our situation at the extremity of a continent, and almost insular position, seems the cause rather than our north- ern climate. According to Agassiz, the common toad attains great size on Lake Superior, and whilst no reptiles are found in Newfoundland, the opposite side of the Straits of Belle Isle are vocal with frogs, according to modern travellers, which is attested to by old Martin Frobisher, who relates of feeding upon them in Hudson’s Bay. As the habits of all our snakes seem alike, and what may be said of one may be said of all, I have left to the last the discussion of one or two subjects which may be general to all. Although Cuvier long ago laid it down that snakes are oviparous, the excep- tion being when the female was constrained to hold her egg beyond the proper time within the ovaria, yet many writers still main- tain they are ovoviparous. Of the five species in Nova Scotia, we have personally identified their eggs, deposited beneath stones and hatched some time after deposition. Leaving then this fact as settled beyond doubt, that some snakes produce their young from eggs deposited in the ground, it leads to another question of great physiological importance as giving to the class Reptilia the highest function of protecting their young—of maternal affection. The tailless batrachians, or frogs, having their eggs or spawn hatched under the water, and having them in their GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 87 first form as fish or tadpoles, living upon vegetable matter, have no need of maternal instinct. There are a few records of our Salamanders being seen hovering over their eggs, but the numer- ous stories from persons of every class in life, though doubted by many eminent naturalists, of our snakes being seen with their young during the summer months, and of their young taking refuge within the mother’s stomach during danger, render it beyond doubt. Of instances of the green snake (C. vernalis), Archdeacon Gilpin informed me he passed on the high road of Nova Scotia, a green snake, dead, and of large size. It had been crushed by a wheel and much torn, and lying dead also, within and without the belly were many young ones. Dr. Baird, (Smithsonian Institute) says in his work, ‘Serpents of New Jersey” he took from a ‘*oraved” female of the same species, eighty-three young snakes, six inches long, on the Allegany River. Now in both these in- stances, we know that the young had been hatched from eggs, and must have entered the mother’s stomach after birth. In Dr. Baird’s case, though he calls the snake ‘‘ graved,” the great size of the young ‘six inches,” shows they must have been a month old; the size when hatched being one and a half, and the aggregate length of forty-one feet, being too great a bulk for any ovary to hold. Of similar instances in the garter snake—Mr. Stayner, a merchant of Halifax, as well as an observer of nature, and a fine sportsman, informs me he saw during the autumn of 1875, near Halifax, a large garter snake lying dead, much crushed, and many small ones lying dead about. He pushed with his cane others from within her belly—from which there was a chain of eggs also hanging. In a letter Mr. William Gossip of Halifax, gave me from his grandson,—the boy states, he with his companions found a large garter snake near the railroad at Wilmot, Nova Scotia, surrounded by many young ones, when she immediately opened her mouth and they all took shelter within it. They pursued her from under a pile of lumber, beneath which she took refuge—killed her, and forcing thirty live young ones out of her mouth—killed and counted them all. These few instances I have given from hundreds I have heard, from all classes of society. That then our snakes are pro- 88 GILPIN—ON THE SERPENTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. duced from eggs, need and receive some nourishment and care from the mother during infancy, and are received in times of danger, or perhaps for conveyance, into her stomach, is as well established as any fact in nature. ‘This also gives to the order Reptilia the higher attributes of parental affection. It would need some apology for enlarging on facts, no doubt old and well known long since, were it not for the persistent dis- belief of some eminent British Naturalists—a disbelief to which is added an insinuation of its being a trick or hoax, although they well know that the Squalide, a lower order, possess it. This I have verified myself, having cut youug dog-fish from the mother’s belly, and keeping them alive some days. Couch ‘‘ British Fishes” also gives instances, and our own fishermen affirm it. Future observers will be rewarded by witnessing our salamanders as well as our snakes, watching over their chaplet of leathery eggs, feeding their young, and both protecting and coaching them by their own bodies. . I have never identified the power of our snakes in emitting vocal sounds. All observers unite in the mother’s giving a warning call to her young; and when camping on long September nights by the lake side, one hears a night long call—very peculiar, very froggy, but elongated. This your Indians tell you is a snake. I have thought this their nuptial call. The wading birds and the frogs are all now silent, their summer gone, whilst the snake season of hatching being deferred to the middle of August, might make this late season their time of pairing. Our arctic climate but ill accords with this child of the sun. Grey colours deck him, nor can our slanting sun rays nourish him to the huge proportions of the tropic, or concentrate his poison to their deadly power ; yet slow as his action comparatively is, deliber- ate as his rustle through the dried grass is, his old historical name, his obscure attributes, used of old in true religion and false enchant- ment, as well as his present, extreme abstemiousness joined to an extremer gluttony, and his magnificent repose, the extremities so coiled, that the sleepless eye and forked tongue of the centre guards all, a very type of a citadel, will make him a fascinating study to all for all time. GILPIN PICTOU COAL FIELD. 89 Art. VIJ.—Tue SoutrHern SyncLINAL oF THE Pictou Coan Fietp. By Epwin Ginrin, M. A., F.G.S., &., &e. I purpose this evening to draw your attention to a hitherto neglected part of this Coal field, and to add to the arguments already advanced, in favour of the extension of the Albion group across the eastern part of the district, in my papers on the Pictou Coal Field, and the grouping of its seams, read before the Newcas- tle (England) Institute of Mining Engineers, and before you. The investigations of the structure of the Pictou Coal field during the last few years have not been of importance ; but I hope to show from the various available sources of information, that there is a strong probability that the portion now to be described, contains valuable deposits of coal. It is to be greatly regretted that much of the prospecting done dur- ing the early history of this Coal field was entrusted to men little qualified for the task. Borings and trial pits were put down without the slightest regard to the general structure of the field, and in one or two instances based on wonderful ideas of the uselessness of searching for coal seams under conglomerates. ‘These trial open- ings were seldom connected by surveys, and when records were kept, they generally gave merely so many feet of sandstones and shales as haying been penetrated. The consequence of this is, that in spite of the large sums of money spent in explorations, there are many gaps left, of which little is positively known, and the infor- mation gathered was in some cases erroneously considered as indi- cating the absence of coal. The researches of Sir W. Logan, while Director of the Canadian Geological Survey, have led to the generally received conclusion that the productive strata of the Pictou Coal field are bounded by four great faults, bringing up lower measures on all sides. This eminent field geologist has also determined the positions of various smaller dislocations affecting the different undulations, and repeating the crops of the lower seams. Nore.—Reference to Sir W. Logan’s map of the Pictou Coal Field will show the position of the seams and faults referred to in this paper. 90 GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. One of these boundary faults runs from a point above McNaugh- ton’s mills on McCullock’s Brook, to Parks’ mills on Sutherland’s River, and has Coal measures to the north, Millstone grit and older rocks to the south—thereby limiting the extension of coal crops in the latter direction. Another fault, or rather succession of faults, forms the western boundary of the Coal field, and produces a similar effect on the coal strata in that locality. A short distance to the south of the Stellarton Station, Sir W. Logan has laid down what he calls the McLeod fault, and describes as an upthrow to the south pursuing a course roughly parallel to that already mentioned and known as the south fault. The evidence of the presence of this fault on the west side of the East River is not clear; and those best qualified to speak with authority on the subject, tell me that careful search on the line marked by Sir W. Logan has failed to show trace of its passage. On the east side of the River the effects it is said to produce, are not such as to show with certainty that its influence on the configuration of the Coal field is at all equal to that claimed in the report of the Geological Survey. In this paper the fault is retained in all its supposed intensity to show that even under unfavourable circumstances the district to be considered is of great value; the conclusions to be drawn when it is, in my opinion, more justly considered as not present in serious moment, will be given further on. Between these faults no measures of an age older than-the productive are known to exist, and the coal strata are with every appearance of reason considered to run across this interval without undergoing disturbance. The western boundary fault has cut off the southern extension of the Westville seams, broken from their continuity with the Albion seams by the fault at McCullock’s Brook, which produces a down- throw to the west. This fault has course N. 22° W., and inter- cepts the Main seam a short distance to the west of McCullock’s Brook. On the down-throw side of the fault going south, the northerly dip at first is not changed, but on the south line of the Acadia area the measures become flat, then dip south, then flatten again, and finally assume a northerly dip as the workings of the GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. 91 Intercolonial Coal Company are approached. This undulation of the measures, aidel by the fault, obscured the crop of the Main seam most thoroughly ; and it was long believed that it was thrown out of reach. The results of the Geological Survey, however, afford ground for the opinion that the crop of the seam known as the Culton, is the continuation of the Main seam—its strike to the westward being intercepted obliquely by the great West fault which it finally leaves for a distance, and is worked under the name of the Acadia seam by the Drummond, Acadia, and Nova Scotia Colleries. This view is supported more by the relative positions of the seam and associ- ated strata, than by any similarity in the coals themselves. The Acadia, Culton, and Main seams have no coal beds immediately overlying them, while coal seams are found beneath them all at equivalent depths. The importance of this conclusion is evident, as the greatly increased extent of the Main or Acadia seams, as well as of the underlying seams, is at once shown. At present mining operations are confined to the Main or Acadia and the Deep seams, but from practical trials it is known that many of the lower beds are workable, and the amount of coal thus avail- able may be gathered from the fact that there are over 100 feet of coal in the seams of the Albion group, the lowest as yet known in the Pictou Coal field. The dip of the Culton seam on McCullock’s Brook, and the anticlinal structure of the measures of the south-east part of the Acadia area above described, form what is known as the Bear Creek synclinal of the report of the Geological Survey of the Pictou Coal field. This synclinal is continued up to the west side of Mc- Cullock’s Brook, at which point we leave it at present. Following the crop of the Main seam, which as it is the highest, may be taken as the exponent of the Albion group, from the Foster pit to the eastward we find it crossing the East River and gradually turning to the east and south, until cut by the McLeod fault. The course of the Main and Deep seams as far as this point, is well ascertained by underground workings, and the pits and boreholes on the Pictou Company’s area. The McLeod fault being 92 GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. an upthrow to the south, the continuation of the line of crop beyond the fault must be searched for to the eastward at a distance deter- mined by the amount of dislocation, and the angle of dip of the Strata. We have now briefly sketched the line of this important seam from Westville to the McCullock fault, and thence to the McLeod fault on the east side of the East River. Explorations to settle its position have not yet been pushed beyond this point, but enough has been done to afford a reasonable basis for calculations as to its continuation beneath what are known as the Upper seams, viz: the McBean and Marsh groups as shown in my paper on the Pictou Coal Field. Underlying the Main seam on Coal Brook are 1286 feet of sandstones and shales, containing no less than 12 seams of coal, varying in thickness from two to twenty feet. The effect of the McLeod fault would naturally be to thrust some of these coals nearly on the line of the Main seam; and we find this to be the case. A short distance to the east of the point where the outcrop of the Main seam is intercepted by the McLeod fault, the crop of an 8 foot seam, known as the McLeod, has been opened and traced, its strike being found to be 8. 15° E., at an angle of 15°. Under- lying this at a short distance, is reported the crop of a second seam. The strike of the coal and associated strata gradually turns to the south-west, and then bending to the east of south, is abruptly cut off by the great South fault. The limited explorations that have been made in the vicinity of the McLeod fault are not decisive enough to show which of the Albion group it is identical with, there having been no attempt made to ascertain its relation to over or underlying seams. ‘The crop of a coal seam is known on the bank of a small brook near the house of W. Miller, about one-half mile to the south of the crop of the main seam. It is on the south side of the McLeod fault, and where exposed dips to the east at a moderate angle. The interval be- tween this bed and the McLeod seam shows a considerable extent of ground underlaid by coal. Between the latter seam and the Culton adit on McCullock’s GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. 93 Brook there has been hardly anything done to show the economic value of the coal measures. It is known that at one or two points reverse or southerly dips are met in the strata exposed, and that indications of coal have been observed—enough to show that the synclinal form is preserved from the Bear Creek area to the McLeod seam. This undulation is a minor one, being nowhere as deep as that to the north, known as the Albion or Middle synclinal, *‘The deepest point in this trough showing only about 800 or 900 feet from the surface to the Acadia (main) seam.” Geological Survey. We have now traced our synclinal as far eastward as the Fulling Mill on Mclellan’s Brook. A short distance to the westward of this Sir W. Logan has marked on his map of the Pictou Coal Field a fault running N. 25° W., which he calls the Mill Road dislocation, and considers that it produces an upthrow to the westward. The evidence on which it is laid down does not appear quite conclusive, and I have been informed that in consequence of explorations made last summer there is reason to consider it not of so large an extent as anticipated. Sir W. Logan states that he can find no evidence of any disturb- ance on the line of the production of the Mill Road fault to the north of McLellan’s Brook. Should this be the case, it forms a decided exception to the general rule, affecting the north and south faults of the Pictou Coal field, as proved by underground workings, they increase rapidly as they go to the north, frequently at the rate of one in five. The large body of shales overlying the Main seam does not appear as persistent as the coal itself. The Foord Pit was sunk 900 feet to the Main seam, through dark shales and ironstone bands only, while the Foster Pit sunk in equivalent measures less than one mile to the westward, passed through large beds of sandstone before reaching 280 feet of shale immediately overlying the same seam. In the pit sunk on the Pictou Company’s area, on the east side of the river, sandstones were penetrated, replacing the enor- mous beds of shale overlying the same seam a short distance to the westward. As these changes in the nature of the strata enclosing 94 GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. the coal seams, occur in so short a distance, I would venture to suggest that they render the theory of the alleged unconformity of the measures lying to the east of the old Mill Road fault of less weight, especiaily when as in the Geological Survey report, the bend of the measures to the east, and the quick change from shales to sandstones are brought forward in the absence of more definite knowledge, as the signs of an important fault. At present we are best acquainted with the western side of the black shales, and the experience of the miners shows that the change from the soft carbonaceous black shales to the post and sandstone rocks is very sudden, and may be marked by a line drawn from the mouth of Coal Brook to the old Colin Pits. On the east side of the East River, the thickness and uniformity of the black shales exposed, almost continuously, from the mouth of McLellan’s Brook to the Grant farm, coupled with the large beds of sandstone, sunk through one-third of a mile eastward, would allow on the east side an equal sudden change from carbonaceous to arenaceous measures. Still following the line of synclinal we have next to notice the oil shales opened on McLellan’s Brook, one quarter of a mile north of the Fulling Mill. These oil shales are found to occupy the apex of a synclinal with a north-east course, and are considered with every appearance of reason the equivalents of the oil shale opened on the Marsh Brook and also on the property of the Merri- gomish Coal Company, three-fourths of a mile to the north-east of the Marsh pit; their dip and strike at these points being conformable to the seams of the Marsh group. A short distance to the south of the Fulling Mill are a series of faults bringing up lower measures which come abruptly against the seams of the Marsh and McBean’s groups. ‘The effect therefore of these faults has been to throw the crops of the oil shales considerably to the north of the position they would naturally occupy at the south-west apex of the McBean synclinal, and to bring into the posi- tion formerly occupied by them the series of coal seams known as the McLean and Mountain groups. We are thus enabled to trace this comparatively shallow synclinal from end to end of the coal field, and to show that its presence has a great effect on the probability of he extent of the Albion or Main seams aeross the whole district. GILPIN —PICTOU COAL FIELD. 95 It is estimated by Sir W. Logan that the McBean 8 foot seam underlies the Marsh group at a vertical depth of 700 to 800 feet. The thickness of the measures between the oil shales and the Fulling Mill being only 437 feet by actual measurement, it would not appear possible to find the outcrop of this seam south of the oil shales on McLellan’s Brook, as it probably abuts against the Fulling Mill fault at a considerable depth from the surface. Were the Mill road fault absent, or of comparatively small extent, the task of comparing the various horizons would be a slight one, as but one set of faults would require to be accounted for. A comparison might then be confidently made between the 3 feet seam and black shales found above the Fulling Mill, and the 34 feet seam on McLellan’s Brook near the Halifax Company’s east line, which is also found near the mouth of Coal Brook on the Intercolonial Railway and further to the westward. The underly- ing seams of the Albion group would then reach the South fault with a strike to the east of south, and leave the fault again as the measures lying to the south of the McBean seam assume their north-east line. This form would show that the eastern half of the district pos- sesses an almost similar structure to that found at Westville, where the interception of an undulation by a fault has hidden the crop of the Main or Acadia seam for a short distance in the vicinity of the Grog Brook. In a paper read before you about two years ago, I gave what I considered grounds for the equivalence of the Widow McLean and the Albion groups. . The identity of these groups was supported, in addition to other arguments, by the fact, almost too strong to be a coincidence, that both these series of seams are overlaid at a height varying from 1300-1600 feet by a set of comparatively small coal seams, and that as yet no coal has been found in the intervening strata. During the summer of 1874 another seam has been found in this series overlying the Main seam. Its thickness is about 4 ft. 6 in. which you will observe closely, agrees with that of the Mountain or Haliburton seam. There have not been any attempts yet made to 96 GILPIN——PICTOU COAL FIELD. prove its extension east and west, but the fact of its presence in this part of the coal field, helps to support the views previously advanced. Until the extent to which the crop of the Main seam is thrown to the eastward by the McLeod fault is ascertained, there are not sufficient grounds to determine if it reaches the South fault before being met by the Mill road fault. Should investigations prove this to be the case, the force of the argument is not lost, as the 1200 feet of measures underlying the Main seam are not all intersected by this fault, as its course cuts the measures at a slight angle. If we consider the McLeod fault as one not of importance, we would find the Main seam crossing to the South fault nearly on the line of the McLeod seam; and then the 3 feet seam above the Fulling Mill would naturally fall into its relation to the Mountain group on one hand, and the seams found overlying the Main seam on the other side. The extension of the Widow McLean or Main seams behind or underlying the McBean seam, is the only thing needed to demon- strate the fact that from one end to the other of the Coal field along its southern border, is an almost continuous outcrop of a group of large seams. ‘The inferences to be drawn from this need not be extended beyond a thought of the amount of ground that must be underlaid by the seams of the Lower or Albion group. A careful study of the various faults and dislocations of the southern part of this Coal field reveals in a most striking manner the care and wisdom of the Great Architect of the Universe. Did the strata follow the laws regulating their position in Cape Breton and other Coal fields, we would have had the Albion group, con- taining two of the largest and finest coal seams in the world, buried hundreds of feet below the surface, and accessible only over a limited area. On the contrary, an examination of the map accom- - panying my paper, shews the crops of this lower group extending. in an irregular form from end to end of the Coal field, affording not only unusual facilities for opening, but also a satisfactory proof of its presence immediately south of the conglomerates. Returning to the interval between the southern and McLeod faults on the west side of the river, we find a district one and a half GILPIN—PICTOU COAL FIELD. 97 miles wide, yet unexplored. The comparison made in the report of the Geological Survey of Canada, of some of the strata in this section, with sandstones immediately overlying the conglomerate below New Glasgow, is not borne out by Prof. Dawson’s research- es, he being inclined from fossil evidence, as shown by his paper on the transition of the Carboniferous into Permian, read last year before the Geological Society of London, to consider the latter an extension of the upper part of the Middle or Productive coal measures. From the facts gathered relative to the structure of the Pictou Coal field, these measures as suggested by the Geological Survey report, are probably lower than those containing the Albion Main and Deep seams. ‘The fact however of the extension of the Bear Creek synclinal across this district, and that the amount of dislocation caused by the McLeod fault is not of serious moment, are important considerations. The reverse or southerly dips and the presence of coal, point out the existence of seams of the Albion or Lower group at this point, and the width between the two faults would allow of a development, little if at all, inferior to that attain- ed by the seams of the middle or Albion synclinal. The question then arises why explorations have not been made commensurate with the size of this district, and the importance of ascertaining the presence of workable coal seams. A considerable part of this space between the southern and McLeod fault is owned by a company which naturally is not at present solicitous about its contents, as their valuable working areas in other parts of the field afford it full occupation. The dull state of our Coal trade is also an evident reason why the attempt proposed a short time ago to employ the diamond driil in that part of the district held by other parties was not carried out. There is, however, as far as our present knowledge extends, no reason to doubt that this will eventually prove a very valuable addi- tion to the present working limits of the Pictou Coal Field, and that its extent is ample enough to afford room for the investment of capital in several large Collieries. 7 98 HOW—ON ANALYSIS OF TWO SPRING HILL COALS. Art. VIIJ.—On tHE ANALYSIS OF TWO SpRiInG Hitt CoALs. By Henry How, Jr. CommunicaTED BY Pror. H. How, D. C. L., Kixe’s CoLLece, Winpsor, N. S. THE following brief notes are offered to the Institute as a con- tribution to the knowledge of the mineral resources of this province. They relate to a coal field about which less is known than of the Pictou and Cape Breton districts, but which presents many interest- ing features. Late reports of the Geological Survey contain much interesting information respecting it, but as no analysis of one of the coals now referred to has appeared, I thought it, and a second analysis of one already examined a few years ago, might be acceptable to the members. My experiments were made in the laboratory of King’s College, Windsor, a privilege which I now gratefully acknowledge. The following brief notice* of the seams of the Springhill Coal Field may be quoted to show their chief features. ‘¢ At present the survey is not sufficiently advanced to speak with any degree of certainty regarding the structure of the field or the extent, thickness and position of the several seams. The evi- dence so far as it goes, appears to show that in a distance of about eight hundred yards horizontal measurement across the strike of the measures, there are eight seams of workable thickness as under, in ascending order : | anes te geyd « 13" '""G? Apes 9h bes * Ge Diese. Siapaws aha Rn te : Dhan Le VIS a ee 6 acrop... thickness uncertain. Nsemerds 4’ 0” shaly coal. ae oe ae cee yaaa Total 5.3. 42" * «« Geological Survey of Canada,’’ 1870-71, page 6. HOW—ON ANALYSIS OF TWO SPRING HILL COALS. 99 «*The average dip is supposed to be about 30°, which would give a vertical thickness of measures from the 13’ 6” seam to the 2/ seam of about 1200 feet. The dip increases as the seams are fol- lowed on their strike to the northward. The country is for the most part level and thickly forested, and the rocks are much obscured by drift. so that it becomes impossible to trace out the seams without the aid of pits and borings.” I. The so-called ‘*11 foot seam,” or ‘*Springhill main seam”* or ** Black seam.” This seam of coal, which is according to report just quoted, 12’ 3” in thickness, is the property of, and worked by the Springhill Mining Company, who have now two slopes, the east and west, distant from each other about # of a mile. The west slope has been driven some 450 feet, with a main level of about 4 mile. The east slope has been driven 850 feet, and will henceforth be the chief output. The specimens from which the following analyses were made, were got by myself during the summer of 1874, while on a Topo- graphical Survey under Prof. Oram, C. E., and will represent fairly the average quality of the coal exported by this company, at their wharf at Dorchester, N. B. The analysis gave the following results :— (I.) Ordinary coking (air-dry specimen). Hydroscopic moisture.... 3.86 Volatile combustible matter 26.46 t total vol. 30.32 Hixed :canbonps } i$. «tl c voetelet sae 54.50 * Space for 1 ton (2240 lbs.) on stowage (economic weight) 41.10 c. ft. This is a compact, bright, clean coal, breaking with a conchoidal fracture. It has a peculiarly striated, slicken-sided surface. It cokes freely, swelling about $ its original bulk, giving a firm, com- pact coke. The ash is white, which in itself is proof of but small amount of sulphur existing in the coal as pyrites. The ash proved to contain by qualitative analysis a considerable amount of insoluble residue ; a little solable silica; notable amount of peroxide of iron and alumina; sulphuric acid and lime decided in quantity ; small amount of magnesia; trace of phosphoric acid. i > Vy nies. % | 2 aa # fig eal pete, ba bavielisices easier iw Tere b hot eas a “i: etal, SE. @ Awd a i ry =) oz eh Oe ay ait ‘ays Sides ; 4s ‘ oe £ GG.ta whee) ioe aa hey ag ee pe es ee re) 49 Wa Seer =p ty Mes kgs Pe) PE PPLE i tah Larccivs ke 40/1099) anKno a : Cee yee ne var KC) oi)! ie vitals ee Seo ashe \ caked if it li APE TAS BA 1) Ht! ay “ha Oi is : Le jue cial. praatebaies oaths re > Oi ol y aiberg calltstL Reig dS te SS Reo ILIOe, FU 2 TO tT ahd aie be ‘ he edyae ats Sp ’ fore Le Bf eae aes SY Bi Sago, oil gil ft ; IG ciitimin +4 PLA tat ; ey tte A z) ity, St ale Clay » ~ Spit ty DIMAU DEY to ec -aldmion, 3 , tie ie a | $1. fost inal ¥ rite boas | Ulam viteatqenitey Ot hes it A 7 Pea) rk 1 re Bs by vid re Meru et ie aye oh ime Ay ‘¢ ie) i Vy iv Taree As : ‘ fae : } | °° > NOVA SCOTIA: o. ss SCIENCE, HALIFAX, abe Parron—His Excellency the Lig Cait | COUNCILE® | Bernarp Girpry, B. A., M. D., M. R. C. Ss. 4 ILLIAM Gossip, FREDERICK ALLISON, Vice Presidents, Fin WicitAm C. SILVER, Treasurer. Rev. D. HONEYMAN, D. C..L., F. G. S.; A. Ross. Rev. Dr. WARREN, A. P. Rep, M. D., | ie L. Rey. A. 8. Hunt, Jos. Seg Rogr. Morrow. The Anniversary Meeting of the ae he idscis in October of every year. 1) eo : , eh. ee 2) VY) PROCEEDINGS AND TRANSACTIONS VY, Sf. 3 OF THE = Boos Scotian Institute " pare Science. OF HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA. VOL. eae 1875-76. PART. TT. | | CONTENTS. PROCEEDINGS ........... UME he OR TE foe... ae ei oni aivee nie 103-105 Dist OF MEMBERS... 122. e eee ee ree eee eee tee eee 106-108 TRANSACTIONS :— ; Art I.—Nova Scotian Geology—Superficial. By Rev. D. Honryman, D.C. L., F.G.S8., &., Director of the Provincial Museym....-.-....... 109 If.—On a Correspondence between the Flora of Nova Seotia and that of Colorado and the Adjacent Territories. By JoHN Sommers, M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Halifax Medical College ....... 122 U1.—Natural History and the Fisheries. By A. P. Rem, INE ES Oe ai oe 131 IV.—Notes on specimens of Iron Ores, &c., collected in Pictou County for the Philadelphia Exhibition. By EDWIN Giupin, M.A., F.GS., &... 187 V.—The Indigenous Ferns of Nova Scotia.. By Rev. E. H. Bat, Corres- ponding Member of the Institute of Natural Science, Halifax...... 146 VI.—The Peg ad Fluctuation of the Barometer. By FREDERICK ALLISON, -A Gr ORR Sa acini 2a Gy CM, « Be MAAN A are Steers eos 157 VIL—Notes on the Rees of Prince Edward Island. By Joun T. MELLIsH, Mess ah eA eee Ske oe At WR... Cael Tie tua gate Saas aid 163 VILL.—Notes on some N ova Scotian Plants. By Groner Lawson, Ph. D., LL. D., Professor of Chemistry, Dalhousie College. .........-- 167 XI.—A Note on the Caribou. ey: dt. MOmROW WE. . Gi ced) oat om oh ao it 179 APpPENDIX:— Introduction to a Synopsis of the Flora of Nie: 1. Scotias By J. Sommers, M. D., Prof. of Physiology &c., Halifax Medical College........ 181 7 \ Catalogue of the Flora of Nova Scotia, arr inged gehen to Gray’s Manual of Botany for the U. States of An erica. By A. W. HH. L... 184 Field Day. By W. ©. is shat ae Sok ae ara ae :